JP2019083843A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of increasing player's attention to a game.SOLUTION: A game machine includes: information storage means for storing sub-side holding information associated with a result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters start ball entry means; information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of sub-side holding information in the information storage means; and information notification means for displaying a holding pattern on a symbol display device 47 on the basis of the sub-side holding information stored in the information storage means. The information storage means includes: general expectation degree determination means for generally determining the expectation degree of special internal lottery information when sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means as special internal lottery information; and general expectation degree notification means for notifying a player of the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information which is determined by the general expectation degree determination means.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 76

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine.

Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of symbols is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

JP 2005-074175 A

  However, the player individually thinks about each holding pattern such that when the holding pattern of the high expectation is confirmed, the player becomes enthusiasm, and when the holding pattern of the low expectation is confirmed, the player becomes depressed. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine which can improve the player's attention to the game.

  In the gaming machine of the present invention, a launching means for firing the gaming ball toward the gaming area formed in front of the gaming board and a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area are entered and an internal drawing is made when entering the gaming ball. The game control state is changed from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player, based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the starting ball entering means executing the game and the ball entering the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means. An information storage device storing a sub-side internal lottery information associated with a result of an internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the start-up entering means as a trigger, the gaming machine comprising the transitioning game state transition means Means and information storage means for storing the plurality of sub side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order of game ball entry to the starting ball entering means, and the sub side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means This sub-side internal The information control means for displaying the holding pattern associated with the information on the variable display means, the normal control state comprises a first gaming state and a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and starting The ball entering means comprises a first starting ball entry part and a second starting ball entry part different from the first starting ball entry part, and the second starting ball entry part can not enter the game ball flowing down the game area It is equipped with an impossible-to-enter state and an enterable state in which gaming balls flowing down the game area can enter, and the gaming state transition means changes the first gaming state and the second gaming state. After switching to the second gaming state by the switching means, the gaming state switching means, the ball entering state switching means for temporarily switching the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state, the game state After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the switching means, the second In the most advantageous gaming state that is more advantageous for the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning the result of the internal lottery that was executed triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the moving ball portion The game storage state transition means is provided with the most advantageous game state transition means for transitioning the game state, and the information storage means is temporarily switched from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state by the game state transition means, When at least one sub-side internal lottery information is stored as special internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order of entry of gaming balls to the second starting ball entry unit, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information is comprehensively determined The present invention is characterized by comprising: comprehensive expectation degree determination means for performing the process; and comprehensive expectation degree notification means for notifying the player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the general expectation degree determination means.

  According to the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention Front view of the game board Figure showing the display screen of the symbol display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing the electronic combination success / failure table storing the values of the random numbers for winning the electric combination opening lottery Figure showing a success or failure table that stores the value of the random number to win the jackpot occurrence Diagram showing the distribution table that stores the value of the random number related to the distribution destination of the type of jackpot Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing The figure which shows the flowchart of winning a prize processing for the operation mouth Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing the flowchart of the main process Figure showing a flowchart of the game control process Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing Diagram showing a flowchart of the processing for the electric wave support Diagram showing a flowchart of the electric wave data setting process Diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination change start process Figure showing a flowchart of the game state transition process Figure showing the flowchart of the winning opening opening and closing process Figure showing the flowchart of the winning opening opening process Diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode A diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing The figure which shows the flowchart of 2nd support mode setting processing A diagram showing the value of the game number counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process Diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation end process Diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination change end process Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the voice emission control device and the display control device A diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device Diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process The figure which shows the flowchart of decision processing of the production pattern Diagram showing the relationship between gaming results and gaming state etc. Diagram showing the flow chart at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition of the lottery mode and support mode, the 1st holding lamp part, and the 2nd holding lamp part Show the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the "most favorable result" is reached while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit Figure The display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit Figure shown The figure which shows the flowchart at the time of transition of the success / failure lottery mode and support mode when not making the 1st holding lamp part light. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display apparatus at the time of transfer of the lottery mode and support mode in the case of not making the 1st holding lamp part light, the 1st holding lamp part, and the 2nd holding lamp part Show the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the "most favorable result" is reached while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit Figure The display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit Figure shown Front view of a game board according to a second embodiment of the present invention Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery The figure which shows the flowchart of winning a prize processing for the operation mouth Figure showing a flowchart of the game control process Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Front view of a game board according to a third embodiment of the present invention The figure which shows the flowchart of the 1st support mode setting process which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination change end process Diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process The display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the "most favorable result" is obtained at the time of transition to the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit Figure The display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "explicit small round high probability result" at the time of transition to the short-term high frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp Figure showing part The figure which shows the flowchart of the prize-winning process for the action | operation opening which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the voice emission control device and the display control device A diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device Diagram showing a flowchart of the hold determination process Diagram showing a flowchart of hold generation processing Diagram showing the contents of the sub hold information storage area Diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice generation processing Figure showing a flowchart of lottery processing of the forecasting expectation level A figure showing the notice holding pattern of each degree of expectation Diagram showing the relationship between the result of success and failure and the probability of the occurrence of advance notice for each degree of expectation A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device Diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A figure showing a flow chart of advance notice pending generation processing concerning a 6th embodiment of the present invention. Figure showing the flowchart of the special hold setting process Diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device when the notice holding pattern for secrecy is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. The figure which shows the flowchart of the processing for the electric-praid support concerning 7th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process The figure which shows the flowchart of general expectation degree information processing The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition of the lottery mode and support mode, the 1st holding lamp part, and the 2nd holding lamp part A diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device in the opening / closing execution mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit A figure showing a flow chart of advance notice pending generation processing concerning an 8th embodiment of the present invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine which is a type of gaming machine. The pachinko machine 10 is, as shown in FIG. 1, an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main body rotatably attached to the front (front side) with respect to the outer frame 11. It has 12 and.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is disposed at the front of the inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as a support side, The front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be able to turn forward with one of the parts as the support side and the rear of the inner frame, and one of the left and right side parts is the rear as the support side And a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be pivotable to the inside.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device (not shown) provided at its rotating tip. This locking device has a function of making the gaming machine main body 12 in a locking state that can not be opened with respect to the outer frame 11, and a function of making the front door frame 13 a locking state that can not be opened with respect to the inner frame. Have. These locked states are released by performing an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 14 provided exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlocking key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted in the window 21. In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is formed to be colorless and transparent of glass, but may be formed to be colorless and transparent of synthetic resin or the like.
Further, the front door frame 13 is a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means constituted by various lamp portions provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion The speaker unit 24 is provided on both the left and right sides of the speaker unit 23 and outputs a sound effect and the like, and an upper bulging portion 25 and a lower bulging portion 26 provided below the window 21.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically juxtaposed, and both bulging forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided on the inside so as to open upward. The upper tray 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and aligns in a line to the game ball launch mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4) side It has a function to lead.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided on the inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing the game balls surplus in the upper tray 25a.

  Furthermore, the front door frame 13 is provided with a firing handle 27 as a launching means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by the player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot game balls from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward the game area provided above the inner frame. Do. The launch handle 27 changes the launch intensity of the gaming ball launched to the game area, that is, the momentum of launch, by changing the amount of rotational operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on the inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be divided by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. The game area can be viewed from the front substantially throughout the window 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 constitute an induction rail 34 of the gaming ball to the game area, and this induction rail 34 is ejected from the gaming ball ejection mechanism 81 when the player rotates the ejection handle 27. Guide the played game ball to the top of the game area.

  The guide rail 34 is formed so that its outlet portion is disposed on one side of the game area and faces the upper center of the game area. Therefore, the arrival position of the game ball at the upper part of the game area is the side opposite to the side on which the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed, as the amount of rotational operation of the launch handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side. In the present embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

  The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed in the back and forth direction by being subjected to router processing in the game area. In addition, the game board 31 has an upper operation port (first start ball entry section) 36, a lower operation port (second start ball entry section) 37, a variable winning device 38, and an out port 39 provided in each opening. Have. In addition, the game board 31 includes a through gate 41 provided on each of the central left and central right, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right, and a variable display unit 43 provided in the central. Have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has various members (features) such as a large number of nails 44 or the like installed in the game area in order to appropriately disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game ball.

  Each of the upper operation opening 36, the lower operation opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 includes detection sensors 40b to 40d (see FIG. 4) for detecting entry of gaming balls, and these detection sensors 40b to 40 d is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the upper operation port 36 includes a detection sensor 40b, the lower operation port 37 includes a detection sensor 40c, and the variable winning device 38 includes a detection sensor 40d. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of winning balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b to 40d. The detection sensors 40b to 40d may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 executes payout of the three winning balls when entering the upper operating port 36 occurs and when entering the lower operating port 37 occurs. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of fifteen winning balls when entering the variable winning device 38 occurs. In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, for example, you may make the number of prize balls of each operation opening 36 and 37 differ.

  The out port 39 is provided at the lowermost part of the game area of the game board 31. The game balls that have not entered the various winning openings and the like are discharged from the game area through the out port 39. In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 40e (see FIG. 4) for detecting entry of the game ball, and the detection sensor 40e is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the out port 39 occurs, unlike when entering the various winning ports.

  Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of the game ball, and this detection sensor 40f is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the respective through gates 41, unlike when entering the various winning openings.

  Here, entering the ball means that the game ball passes through the predetermined opening, and is discharged from the game area after passing through the opening as well as being discharged from the game area after passing through the opening Also includes an aspect of continuing the flow of the game area without. However, in the following description, in order to be clearly distinguished from the entry of the game ball into the out port 39, the entry of the game ball into various winning openings is also expressed as a winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 means continuing the flow of the game area without being discharged from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. The entry into the through gate 41 is also expressed as a prize as in the entry into the various winning openings.

  The upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 are unitized as an operating opening device and installed on the game board 31. The respective operation openings 36 and 37 open upward together to allow the game balls flowing down the game area to enter and enable the upper operation opening 36 to be disposed upward and the lower operation opening 37 to be disposed downward. Vertically aligned. The lower operation port 37 has a motorized part 37a as a guide piece (support piece) constituted by a pair of left and right movable pieces.

  The motorized jack 37a is connected to a motorized prize drive 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. The motorized part 37a is driven by the motorized part drive unit 37b to be set in either the closed state (non-support state or non-guide state) or the open state (support state or guide state). In the closed state, the lower operation port 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the motorized accessory 37a close in the left-right direction. In the open state, the lower operation port 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the motor-operated part 37 a in the left-right direction.

  Here, when the motorized accessory 37a is set in the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the motorized accessory 37a and the upper operation port 36 is narrower than that for one game ball. In addition, when the motorized accessory 37a is set in the open state, the distance between the upper end of the motorized accessory 37a and the upper operation port 36 is wider than that for one game ball. Therefore, the gaming ball can not win in the lower operation opening 37 when the electric role 37a is set in the closed state, and can win in the lower operation opening 37 when the electric game 37a is set in the open state. it can.

  In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric role thing 37a is in a state where it is difficult for the game ball to be won in the lower operation opening 37 (a different state from the closed state, the ball can enter the ball) The operating hole 37 may be configured to be switched to a state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operating port 37 may be configured not to perform such switching by setting the motorized part 37a but by displacing the lower operating port 37. In such a configuration, the lower operating port 37 does not need to be equipped with the motorized character 37a.

The variable winning device 38 has a large winning opening 38a for opening game balls flowing down the gaming area, an opening / closing door 38b for opening / closing the large winning opening 38a, and a variable winning for driving the opening / closing door 38b. And a drive unit 38c.
The player can guide the game ball to the variable winning device 38 by adjusting the amount of rotational operation of the firing handle 27 and adjusting the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area.

Here, the game board 31 includes a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 is provided with a transparent portion 381 a formed to be transparent (or translucent) to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque formed on the periphery of the transparent portion 381 a. And a unit 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21.

  The special winning opening 38a is provided at an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the special winning opening 38a includes the detection sensor 40d that detects the entry of the game ball. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of winning balls based on the detection result.

The open / close door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to be rotatable about a lower side as a central axis. The open / close door 38 b is turned toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31, whereby the open / close state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38 a is opened, and the inside of the game board 31 By being buried in the game board 31, it has a closed state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is closed.
The variable prize drive unit 38c sets the open / close door 38b in either the open state or the closed state by driving the open / close door 38b.

Specifically, the open / close door 38b is normally set in a closed state where the game ball can not win. Then, in the internal lottery, when the transition to the open / close execution mode is won and the open / close execution mode is shifted, the open / close door 38b is set in the open state where the gaming ball can win.
The open / close execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the open / close door 38b is set to the open state, and the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state, the process until it is set in the close state again is referred to as one round game.

The main display unit 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character display unit 46, and a plurality of segment displays (not shown) in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner, a plurality of dot displays The display device is arranged.
The main display unit 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. That is, the main display device 42 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22. Further, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than that for one game ball. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the main display device 42.

  The main display unit 45 includes a first result display unit 45 a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on the upper operation opening 36, and an inside performed based on the winning on the lower operation opening 37. And a second result display unit 45b for displaying the result of the lottery (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening / closing execution mode when the opening / closing execution mode is set (or when the opening / closing execution mode is set). .

The first result display unit 45a uses the winning on the upper operation port 36 as a trigger to execute variable display of the pattern, and as a result of stopping the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the winning on the upper operating port 36 Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b uses the winning on the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger to execute variable display of the pattern, and as the result of stopping the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the winning on the lower operating opening 37. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 function as a starting ball entry means for executing an internal lottery when entering the gaming ball while entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area. Do.

  The prize display unit 46 performs variable display of patterns triggered by winning on each through gate 41, and an internal drawing performed based on the winning on each through gate 41 as a result of stopping the variable display. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the open position, the role display area 46 displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open state. In the electronic combination open state, the motorized accessory 37a provided in the lower operation port 37 is in the open state in a predetermined mode.

  In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the character display unit 46 are configured by a segment display, a dot display, etc., but the present invention is not limited to this, and a liquid crystal display, an organic It may be configured by other types of display devices such as an EL display device, a CRT, and a dot matrix. In addition, as a pattern to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the character display unit 46, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are variably displayed, and a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of different colors are switched and displayed.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a symbol that is a kind of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 48 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 47. The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered by the fall of the game ball. It is a structure.

The symbol display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 47 starts variable display of symbols based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. That is, when the symbol display device 47 executes the fluctuation display on the first result display unit 45 a of the main display unit 45 and the fluctuation display on the second result display unit 45 b of the main display unit 45 The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be another display device such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

  The center frame 48 includes a first holding lamp portion 49a provided in the lower left side area of the symbol display device 47, a second holding lamp portion 49b provided in the lower right side area of the symbol display device 47, and a second And a third holding lamp unit 49c provided in the area on the right side of the holding lamp unit 49b.

The first holding lamp unit 49a is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won in the upper operation opening 36, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The first holding lamp unit 49a can hold a maximum of four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display unit 45a and the symbol display device 47.
The second holding lamp unit 49b is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won in the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The second holding lamp unit 49 b can hold up to four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45 b and the symbol display device 47.
The third holding lamp unit 49c is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won on each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The third holding lamp unit 49c can hold a maximum of four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the character display unit 46.
In addition, each storage lamp | ramp part 49a-49c may be other structures, such as being displayed as a part of symbol display apparatus 47 as an image.

FIG. 3 is a view showing a display screen of the symbol display device.
The display screen G of the symbol display device 47 is divided into three display areas as shown in FIG. 3. In each display area, the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol are arranged in order from the left Column Z3 is displayed. Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is arranged so that eight types of symbols consisting of the numbers “1” to “8” are in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and the next to “8” is “1” Is configured. In FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is indicated by an alternate long and short dash line.

The symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, an effect for game circulation is executed on the display screen G. The effects for this game circulation were switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of left symbol row Z1 → right symbol row Z3 → middle symbol row Z2, and finally, a predetermined symbol was stopped displayed on the effective line L End in state.
That is, after the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 based on the winning on the operation openings 36 and 37, the game time is until the predetermined stop result is displayed.

  In addition, the aspect of the fluctuation display of the symbol in the symbol display apparatus 47 is not limited to this, but is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols in each symbol row, and the like can be changed as appropriate. Further, the symbols in each symbol row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of the number only, or may be a picture only.

<Electric Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control unit 60, an audio light emission control unit 90, and a display control unit 100. These units are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. Further, the pachinko machine 10 has a payout control device 70 that executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out gaming balls, and a power source that executes firing control to cause the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 to fire gaming balls. And a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

  The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 which controls main control (main control) of the game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 which monitors the power supply. Main controller 60 is provided with a substrate box that houses main control substrate 61 and the like. The substrate box may be provided with a trace means for leaving a trace when it is opened, and may be provided with a trace structure for leaving a trace when it is opened. Specifically, as a trace means, a substrate box is configured by combining a plurality of case bodies, and a configuration that provides a connecting portion (crimping portion) that requires destruction of a predetermined portion when separating each case body, peeling off In this case, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of peeling off because the adhesive layer remains as a bonding object is pasted across the boundaries between the plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as a trace structure, the structure etc. which apply an adhesive agent with respect to the boundary between these case bodies are employable.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are combined into a chip.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be separately integrated into chips. The same applies to the MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a success / failure table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, a power-on / off table storage area 63c, and a reach table storage area 63d. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, a holding ball storage area 64b, and a holding area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60 and the plurality of detection sensors 40 b to 40 f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output port of the MPU 62 includes an electric combination drive unit 37b for opening and closing the electric combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37, a variable winning movement unit 38c for opening and closing the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and main display It is connected to the unit 45 and the character display unit 46.

  The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through the driver circuit. Specifically, in the open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the motorized accessory drive unit 37 b to open and close the motorized accessory 37 a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c to open and close the special prize port 38a. In each gaming session, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 to display the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each operation port 36, 37. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes display control of the display unit 46 for a gift and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each through gate 41.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power and emission control device 80 having a function of supplying operating power, and monitors the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts output from the power and emission control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power via the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 40b to 40f are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, the various winning ports of the variable winning device 38, the out port 39, and the respective through gates 41. The MPU 62 performs the winning determination (ball-entering determination) on the various winning openings, the out opening 39, and the respective through gates 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b to 40f. The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37.

  The payout control device 70 executes payout control that causes the payout device 71 to pay out the prize balls and the rental balls (game balls to be lent to the player in the game) based on the command (control command) transmitted from the main control device 60 Do.

  The power supply and emission control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. The power and emission control device 80 generates the operation power necessary for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power, and the generated operation. Supply power. The power supply and emission control device 80 is provided with a power supply unit for power interruption such as a backup capacitor. The power-off unit for powering off supplies power for storage and storage to the RAM 64 of the main control device 60 even when power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

  Further, the power supply and emission control device 80 executes emission control for causing the game ball emission mechanism 81 to emit the game balls. Here, the game ball firing mechanism 81 includes a firing rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying the game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the firing rail, and the firing rail. And a solenoid, which is an electric actuator that causes the game ball supplied to the control unit 34 to be emitted toward the guide rail 34. The power supply and emission control device 80 supplies a drive signal (emission permission signal) to the solenoid when a predetermined emission condition is satisfied, and causes the game ball to be emitted.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery at MPU 62 of main controller 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big hit random number counter C1 for the big hit lottery, and when the big hit is generated, uses the big hit type counter C2 for the big hit type lottery and whether the reach indication is generated or not Use the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the motorized combination release counter C4 in the drawing of whether or not the motorized combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37 is to be opened. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball is won in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Are stored in a holding ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as an acquisition information storage unit. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the motorized product release counter C4 is the electronic combination holding area 64c of the RAM 64 as the electronic combination holding information at the timing when the gaming ball wins on each through gate 41 (see FIG. 4).

  The storage ball storage area 64b includes a first result display area reserve area Ra, a second result display area reserve area Rb, and an execution area AE.

  The first result display unit storage area Ra provided as the first ball storage unit storage means includes four storage areas of the first area Ra1 to the fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets combinations of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information according to the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 in time series in each area Ra1 to Ra4. I will store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the holding information in the order of the first area Ra1 → the second area Ra2 → the third area Ra3 → the fourth area Ra4 when winning in the upper operation port 36 occurs a plurality of times consecutively. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the first result display unit holding area Ra includes four storage areas, the winning of game balls to the upper operation opening 36 is held up to a maximum of four. In addition, the first result display unit holding area Ra includes a storage area for writing the number of holding units stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of holdings according to the upper operation port 36 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is single. May be

  The second result display unit storage area Rb provided as the second ball storage unit storage means includes four storage areas of a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets combinations of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information according to winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37 in time series in each area Rb1 to Rb4. I will store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the holding information in the order of the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4 when winning in the lower operation opening 37 occurs a plurality of times consecutively. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display unit holding area Rb includes four storage areas, the winning of game balls to the lower operation opening 37 is held up to a maximum of four. In addition, the second result display unit reserved area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reserved units stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of holdings related to the lower operation opening 37 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is single. May be

  When the execution area AE starts variable display of each result display unit 45a, 45b, the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit reserved area Ra or the second result display unit reserved area Rb Area to move the

As described above, in the present embodiment, the first result display unit holding area Ra is a plurality of internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the upper actuation opening 36 as a trigger. It functions as a storage unit for the first ball storage unit that stores (pending information).
Further, in the present embodiment, the second result display unit holding area Rb is a plurality of internal lottery information (held by the internal lottery result executed with the game ball entering the lower operation port 37 as a trigger) Functions as a second ball storage unit for storing information).

The electric wave holding area 64c is provided with four storage areas in the same manner as the first result display area holding area Ra and the second result display area holding area Rb. Further, similar to the holding ball storage area 64b, the electric power holding area 64c includes an electric power execution area (not shown). Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four at maximum.
In addition, the number of holdings for each through gate 41 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. May be

<Detailed Description of Each Counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the motorized product release counter C4 will be described. For example, each time the motor-operated combination release counter C4 is updated, 1 is added to the previous value, and after reaching the maximum value 65535, it becomes a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 65535 by returning to 0. ing.
The motorized jack release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the hold position area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in each through gate 41. Ru.
Then, based on the value of the motorized combination release counter C4 stored in the combination holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws lottery whether or not to set the combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37 to the combination release state. Perform an item opening lottery).

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a table for determining whether to hold an electric combination or not, in which values of random numbers for winning in the electric combination release lottery are stored.
Of the values of the motorized product release counter C4, the value of the random number for winning the motorized product release lottery is, as shown in FIG. The table 63c (see FIG. 4) is stored as a table for determining whether to execute electronic combination (electricity combination information group).

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies that enable winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37 by setting the motorized prize 37a in the open state. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10, the frequency of setting the motorized accessory 37a in the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the motorized accessory 37a in the open state is low. It has relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

Specifically, the electronic gear success / failure table includes a high frequency support table for low frequency support mode shown in FIG. 6 (a) (a low frequency electric work probability information group) and a high frequency support shown in FIG. 6 (b). And a table for high / low frequency electric utility success / failure information.
The MPU 62 executes a motorized combination open lottery by comparing the table of electric utility success / failure with the value of the motorized combination release counter C4 stored in the combination holding area 64c.

These electronic combination success / failure tables have the results (electronic combination success / failure results) of a plurality of motorized combination open lottery results of “electronic combination open winning” and “electronic combination open out result”.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6A, in the gaming state where the electronic combination table for the low frequency support mode is referred to at the time of the electric combination opening lottery, as shown in FIG. The value of the random number is one. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electronic combination table for the low frequency support mode is referred to at the time of the electric combination opening lottery, the probability of being “electronic combination opening winning” is 1/65536.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6 (b), in the gaming state in which the electronic combination table for the high frequency support mode is referred to at the time of the electric combination opening lottery, it becomes "electronic combination opening winning". The value of the random number is 65535. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electronic combination table for the high-frequency support mode is referred to in the electric combination open lottery, the probability of being “electronic combination opening winning” is 65535/65536. Here, the value of the random number to be “electronic combination open winning” stored in the low frequency support mode electronic combination failure table is stored in the high frequency support mode electronic combination open or absence table “electronic combination open election” Is included in the value of the random number.

  In addition, the value and the number of random numbers stored in each electronic control success / failure table are arbitrary, and the high frequency support mode has a high probability of being “electronic work open winning” compared to the low frequency support mode. Good. In addition, the value of the random number which becomes "electronic combination opening winning" stored in the high and low frequency support mode electronic combination success and failure table is "electronic combination opening winning" stored in the low frequency support mode electronic combination and failure table. It does not have to include the value of the random number, and may include a part of the value of the random number to be “electronic combination release winning” stored in the low / high frequency support mode electronic combination table.

  The high-frequency support mode sets the motorized jack 37a in the open state more often when the win is in the motorized jack opener lottery than in the low-frequency support mode, and sets the motorized jack 37a in the open state. One open time is also getting longer. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the motorized accessory 37a in the closing state is shorter than the one opening time during each opening in the one opening state. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, as compared with the low frequency support mode, the secure time at least secured as the time to wait before performing the next electric combination opening lottery after finishing the electric combination opening lottery The duration time of one change display on the product display unit 46 is short.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 as compared to the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the gaming ball has a higher probability of winning in the upper actuation opening 36 than the lower actuation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36.
Then, when a prize in the lower operation opening 37 is detected, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, so in the high frequency support mode, the player plays the game while not reducing the number of gaming balls very much. It can be carried out.

  Thus, in the present embodiment, the lower operating port 37 has the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode. The low frequency support mode functions as a non-ballooning state in which the game ball flowing down the gaming area can not enter the ball, and the high frequency support mode enables the game ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the ball Act as a possible state.

  The configurations of the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode are not limited to this. Specifically, the high frequency support mode only needs to be configured to set the frequency of setting the motorized workpiece 37a in the open state relatively higher than that in the low frequency support mode. The high frequency support mode may have the same probability of winning in the electric combination opening lottery. For example, a plurality of types of securing time may be prepared, and the high frequency support mode may be configured to be easy to select a short securing time as compared to the low frequency support mode, and the average of the securing time selected is shortened. It may be configured to Furthermore, the high-frequency support mode combines the number of times the motorized part 37a is set in the open state, the open time, and the securing time so that the frequency of setting the motorized part 37a in the open state is the low frequency support mode It may be configured to be relatively higher as compared with.

  Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. The jackpot random number counter C1 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 59 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 59. . In addition, the big hit random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops one round. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops in the range of 0 to 59 as in the case of the big hit random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for winning a big hit (a winning lottery) based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a success / failure table storing values of random numbers for winning the jackpot occurrence.
Among the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the value of the random number winning the big hit occurrence, as shown in FIG. 7, is a hit / fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as a hit / fail information group storage means. It is stored as (success or failure information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two chance lottery modes of low probability mode (low probability state) which is hard to win big hit occurrence and high probability mode (high probability state) which is easy to win big hit occurrence . Moreover, the success / failure table includes a success / failure table (low probability success / failure information group) for low probability mode shown in FIG. 7A and a success / failure table for high probability mode (high probability success / failure information shown in FIG. 7B). Group) and
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for jackpot occurrence by comparing these success / failure tables with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

These success or failure tables have the results of a plurality of jackpot occurrence lottery results (success or failure results) of the "big hit", the "specially wrong result", and the "normally deviated result".
Specifically, in the gaming state where the probability table for the low probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for jackpot occurrence, as shown in FIG. 7 (a), the value of the random number for "big hit" is two. It is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the probability table for the low probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for jackpot occurrence, the probability of being a "big hit" is 1/30.
On the other hand, under gaming conditions in which the probability table for the high probability mode is to be referred to at the time of lottery for jackpot occurrence, as shown in FIG. It is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the hit / fail table for the high probability mode is referred to when the jackpot is generated, the probability of being a "big hit" is 1/3. Here, the value of the random number for "big hit" stored in the low probability mode pass / fail table is included in the value for the "big hit" stored in the high probability mode for pass / fail table. .

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the high probability mode (second gaming state) executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low probability mode (first gaming state).

  Note that the value and the number of random numbers stored in each success / failure table are arbitrary, and the high probability mode may have a high probability of being a "big hit" compared to the low probability mode. Also, the value of the "big hit" stored in the high probability mode pass / fail table does not include the value of the "big hit" stored in the low probability mode pass / fail table. It may also include a part of the value of the "big hit" random number stored in the low probability mode pass / fail table.

Further, in each of the lottery modes, a value other than the value of the random number for which the "big hit" is won will result in being out without winning the big hit.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of outlier results of the “extra outlier result (small hit result)” and the “normal outlier result”. These outlier results are common in that they do not serve as a transition trigger for the success or failure lottery mode or the support mode. However, while the “specially out of place result” becomes an opportunity for transition to the open / close execution mode, the “normally out of place result” is different in that it does not become an opportunity for transition into the open / close execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is made and reaching the maximum value 29 and then returning to 0. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (sorting lottery) of the jackpot type when a jackpot occurs.

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a distribution table storing values of random numbers related to a distribution destination of the jackpot type.
As shown in FIG. 8, the value of the random number related to the distribution destination of the type of jackpot is allocated to the distribution table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as distribution information group storage means It is stored as a minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8 (a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8 (b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes the lottery of the jackpot type by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

The first distribution table is based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the first result display area reserve area Ra to the execution area AE, ie, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning on the upper operation port 36. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 8 (a), the first distribution table has “invisible small round high probability results (low latency corresponding to small rounds)” and “explicit small round high probability results (high for small rounds A plurality of distribution results of “probability results)” and “most favorable results (special distribution results corresponding to high probability)” are set as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" are distributed to "invisible small round high probability results", and "10 to 19" It distributes to "Explicit small round high probability result", and distributes "20 to 29" to "Most advantageous result".

The second distribution table is based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display area reserve area Rb to the execution area AE, ie, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning on the lower operation port 37. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 8B, the second distribution table has only the distribution result of the “most advantageous result” as the distribution destination. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 29" are distributed to "the most advantageous result".

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is made, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach occurrence lottery) as to whether or not the reach display is to be generated.

The reach display is an expectation effect that occurs when a "normal out-of-order result" is obtained without being a "big hit" in the success or failure lottery.
Specifically, the MPU 62 is a reach table and the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b when the result is a "normal out result" without being a "big hit" in the lottery. And a lottery to determine whether or not the reach indication is to be generated, and the reach indication is generated when the reach indication is to be generated in the lottery. The reach table is a table storing the value of the random number related to the occurrence of reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63d (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63.

  Here, when it becomes a "big hit" in the success or failure lottery and is distributed to the "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 47 combines the symbols having the same number as the stop result. Stop display on the effective line L. In addition, when it becomes "big hit" in the success or failure lottery and is divided into "invisible small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or as "big hit" in the success or failure lottery If the result is “specially out of place result”, the symbol display device 47 is selected when “normally out of place result” is obtained in the result of the lottery, not as a combination of the symbols having the same number as the stop result. A special symbol combination having different numbers not to be displayed is stopped and displayed on the effective line L.

  The reach display finally stops and displays the combination of the symbols having the same number (when it becomes the "big hit in the winning lottery and is distributed to the" most advantageous result "in the sorting lottery), It occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, reach display, when it is stopped display of the combination of the special symbol finally ("is a big hit in the winning lottery, and in the sorting lottery" invisible small round high probability result "or" explicit small round high In the case of being assigned to the “confirmed result” or in the case of being “a special out result” without becoming a “big hit” in the success or failure lottery), no occurrence occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the aspect of the reach display, some symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 are placed on the effective line L The stop display causes the same combination of symbols to be displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed in that state.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 becomes a "big hit" in the hit / off lottery before the predetermined stop result is displayed after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47 by generating the reach display. It can be made to expect from the player that it has been distributed to the “most advantageous result” in the distribution lottery.

  In addition, the aspect of the reach display is not limited to this, and after displaying a part of the symbol rows in a stopped state, the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image in the background. Alternatively, a predetermined character or the like may be displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing or displaying each symbol row in a reduced size.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the symbol display device 47. The expected effect is that after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47, the player is expected to expect "big hit" in the winning lottery before the predetermined stop result is displayed. It says a rendition. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects of the reach display described above and the advance notice display.

The advance notice display does not become a "big hit" in the hit or draw if the "big hit" is obtained in the pass / fail lottery or if the "special win result" is obtained without the "big hit" in the hit or draw. This is an expectation effect that makes the effect easier to occur than when the result is "normally out of place". In this preliminary display, instead of making it easy to generate effects, it may be easy to select effects with a low appearance rate, or these may be combined.
In addition, while the lottery of whether or not the reach display is to be generated is executed by the main control device 60, the lottery of whether or not the advance display is to be generated is executed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The form of the advance notice display is a part of the symbol rows (for example, the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in a fluctuating manner) A predetermined character is displayed in a state in which a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2 and Z3) are variably displayed after the symbol row Z1) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L, or the reach display is generated. And the like as a moving image on the display screen G. This preliminary display occurs in both cases where reach display and reach display are not generated, but is set to occur more easily when reach display is generated than when reach display is not generated. It is done.
In addition, a notice display is not limited to this, for example, may change and display a background, and may change and display a form of symbol row Z1-Z3.

Finally, the variation type counter CS will be described. The fluctuation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is performed and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once every execution of normal processing described later, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time the update is performed.
And MPU62 determines the display continuation time of the pattern in the main display part 45, and the display continuation time of the symbol in the symbol display apparatus 47 based on the value of the fluctuation | variation type | mold counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer.

<About various processes executed by main controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes a timer interrupt process and a normal process for advancing a game, and a main process activated upon power on. The timer interrupt process, the normal process, and the main process will be sequentially described below.
The MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by the input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal) in addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, but the description of this processing is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In the timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 9, the MPU 62 executes steps S101 to S105 periodically (for example, in a cycle of 2 msec).

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f, determines the states, and saves the states as winning detection information in the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 40b to 40d corresponding to the various winning openings have detected the winning of the game ball, the MPU 62 sets a winning ball command for giving a payout instruction of the winning ball, and this setting is made. The command is sent to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 detects a winning of the gaming ball, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is a specific unit number, Is sent to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control that causes the payout device 71 to pay out the award balls based on the award ball command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI and updates it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. Do. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI, the MPU 62 clears the value of the random number initial value counter CINI back to zero.

  In step S103, the MPU 62 executes updating of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the motorized combination release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the motorized combination release counter C4, respectively, and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of each of the counters C1 to C4, the MPU 62 clears the value of each of the counters C1 to C4 to 0.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes through winning processing. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40f corresponding to each through gate 41 detects the winning of the gaming ball, the MPU 62 is stored in the electronic combination holding area 64c of the RAM 64. The number of electronic holdings RcN is grasped, and it is determined whether the number of electronic holdings RcN is less than the upper limit (4 in the present embodiment).
If the MPU 62 determines that the held-in-power-piece number RcN is not less than the upper limit value, the through winning processing ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the number of electronic holdings RcN is less than the upper limit value, the value of the number of electronic holdings RcN is incremented by 1 and updated, and the electric power updated in step S103. The value of the bonus release counter C4 is stored in the electric power holding area 64c. Further, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third hold lamp unit 49 c, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control device 90 lights the third hold lamp unit 49 c based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of game balls that have won the through gate 41 is four at maximum, and the third hold lamp unit 49c lights up by the number corresponding to the hold number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operation opening.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the operation port will be described in detail.

<Prize process for operation port>
FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the winning process for the operation opening.
In the winning process for the operation port, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S207 as shown in FIG.

  In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper operation port 36 has detected a winning of the gaming ball, thereby determining whether the gaming ball has won (start winning) in the upper operation port 36. Determine if If it is determined in step S201 that the game ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 in step S201, then in step S202, the MPU 62 grasps the number of holdings stored in the first result display area holding area Ra, and holds the number. The number is set as a first start storage number RaN in a predetermined storage area in the first result display storage area Ra. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the process of step S205 and subsequent steps.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball is not winning in the upper operation opening 36 in step S201, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operation opening 37 in step S203 wins the game ball It is determined whether or not the gaming ball has won a prize (start prize) in the lower operation opening 37 by determining whether or not the player has detected the
If the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has not won in the lower operation opening 37, the winning process for the operation opening ends. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37, it grasps the number of reservations stored in the second result display area Rb in step S204. The pending count is set as a second start pending storage number RbN in a predetermined storage area in the second result display area pending area Rb. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the process of step S205 and subsequent steps.

After executing the processing of step S202 or step S204, in step S205, the MPU 62 sets the start pending storage number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 to less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment). Determine if there is.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending storage number N is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening. If the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending storage number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending storage number N to update the value in step S206.

  In step S207, the MPU 62 sets the combinations of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process among the free storage areas of the pending area for result display unit. The first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start pending storage number N updated in step S206, is stored as hold information.

  For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start suspension storage number RaN in step S202, each of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. The set of values is stored as hold information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas of the first result display area reserve area Ra, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start reserve storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the first start reserve storage number RaN in step S202, the MPU 62 stores the storage area corresponding to “4” of the first start reserve storage number RaN updated in step S206. The hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

  Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending storage number RbN in step S204, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. Is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first storage area of the free storage areas of the second result display area reserve area Rb, that is, the second start reserve storage number RbN updated in step S206 Do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the second start pending storage number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 is a storage area corresponding to “4” of the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.
The sound emission control device 90 lights the first holding lamp unit 49 a or the second holding lamp unit 49 b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of game balls reserved in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 is four at maximum, and the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b is the holding number. And the corresponding number lights up.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 11 is a flowchart of the normal process.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which is a main process for advancing a game, after executing a main process described later activated in response to power on. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 in a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when the remaining time occurs, and executes steps S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

  In step S301, the MPU 62 executes external output processing for transmitting the command set in the timer interrupt processing or the previous normal processing to each control device on the sub side. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning ball command is set, and if it is determined that a winning ball command is set, the winning ball command is sent to the payout control device 70. Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether a command for effect such as a command corresponding to an effect for game circulation or a command corresponding to an effect for open / close execution mode is set, and a command for effect is If it is determined that the setting is made, the command for the effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

  In step S302, the MPU 62 executes updating of the fluctuation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. . When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the MPU 62 clears the value of the fluctuation type counter CS back to 0.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes game number control processing for advancing the game number. In the game number control process, the MPU 62 executes the acceptance lottery and the distribution lottery, and determines the information related to the symbol to be finally displayed on the symbol display device 47 and the symbol to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. Execute determination of information related to
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes gaming state transition processing for transitioning the gaming state. In the gaming state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each gaming state such as the open / close execution mode, the high probability mode, and the high frequency support mode.
Note that the game number control process of step S303 and the game state transition process of step S304 will be described in detail later.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes a demonstration display execution determination process. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined demonstration start start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) has elapsed without the start of a new game play after the game play is over. If it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demonstration display is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of times of execution of the process of step S305. For example, if the start waiting period is 30 seconds and the interval at which the process of step S305 is repeatedly performed is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed and reaches 7500 times. Is determined to have passed. The configuration for measuring the start waiting period is optional, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real time clock. Further, when starting a new game play while counting the number of times of execution of the process of step S305, the MPU 62 resets the value of the count.

In step S306, the MPU 62 executes a process for supporting the combination for driving control of the motorized part 37a provided in the lower operating port 37. In the electronic-support-support process, the MPU 62 executes an electric-operated-object opening lottery based on the value of the electric-operated-object release counter C4 stored in the electronic-arm holding area 64c of the RAM 64. When the player wins, the opening and closing process of the motorized jack 37a is performed. Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the symbol display portion 46 so as to display the result of the motorized symbol release lottery.
In addition, the processing for the electronic combination support in step S306 will be described in detail later.

  At step S307, the MPU 62 executes a game ball launch control process. In this game ball emission control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply and emission control device 80 to execute emission control to cause the game ball to be emitted based on the fact that the player rotates the emission handle 27. Specifically, the power / fire control device 80 causes the game ball firing mechanism 81 to fire the game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball firing mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 seconds in the present embodiment). . The solenoid is excited to fire the gaming ball at a firing strength corresponding to the amount of rotational operation of the firing handle 27. Further, the power supply and emission control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball emission mechanism 81 and causes the game ball to be emitted when a predetermined emission condition is satisfied.

  In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. The blackout flag is set in the RAM 64 by inputting a blackout signal from the blackout monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. The blackout monitoring board 65 outputs this blackout signal when it confirms the occurrence of blackout. The power failure flag is cleared at the next execution of the main processing.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 into a predetermined area such as the RAM 64, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power failure flag by substituting 1 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64, and clears the power failure flag by substituting 0 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power failure flag is set, the MPU 62 executes the power-off processing after step S312 without performing the processing after step S309. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of the timer interrupt process. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, the MPU 62 prohibits access to the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power is completely shut off and processing can not be performed.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power failure flag is not set, it determines in step S309 whether it is time to execute the next normal processing, that is, the current normal processing. It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start.
If it is determined in step S309 that the timing to execute the next normal processing has not been reached, that is, if the remaining time has occurred, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI in step S310, and step S311. , Update the fluctuation type counter CS. The MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 until it is determined in step S309 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing to execute the next normal processing has come, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the processing of the next time can be performed by executing step S301 again. Start normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 12 is a flowchart of the main process.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes a start-up process upon power-on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on to wait for the sub-side control board (the control board of the audio light emission control device 90 etc.) Wait until) has passed.

  In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 sec, which is a permission prohibition period, has elapsed. When it is determined in step S402 that 1 sec has not elapsed, the MPU 62 repeatedly executes the process of step S402. Further, when it is determined in step S402 that 1 sec has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S403 and subsequent steps.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 sec has elapsed by counting the number of times of execution of the process of step S402. For example, if the interval at which the process of step S402 is repeatedly performed is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times of execution of the process of step S402 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when it reaches 10000 times. The configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is optional, and for example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real time clock.

In step S403, the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether the RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power / emission control device 80 is turned on.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is turned on, it executes the processing of step S409 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. Do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S405 that the power failure flag is not set, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S409 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S405, it calculates a RAM determination value in step S406.
In step S407, the MPU 62 determines the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value stored in step S313 (processing at power-off) of the normal process, and when these values coincide with each other. The RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and when the values do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S407 that the RAM determination value is not normal, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S409 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S407, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

  Note that the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of checking the consistency of the RAM determination value. For example, a keyword is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 at power-off processing. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by writing and determining whether or not the keyword is normally written in the main processing.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404 as described above, it determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or the RAM determination value in step S407. If it is determined that is not normal, the processing of step S409 and subsequent steps is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and executes initialization of the RAM 64 in step S410.

  Therefore, for example, the manager of the game arcade can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game arcade. The pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the control board on the sub side (the control board of the audio light emission control device 90, etc.) in step S411. The occurrence of the process is permitted, and the process proceeds to the normal process described above.
Note that the control board on the sub side recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is normally performed by receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, and executes its own initialization. Do.

<Game times control processing>
FIG. 13 is a view showing a flowchart of the game number control process.
In the game number control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. If the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in effect at step S501, the game play control process is ended without executing the process at step S502 and subsequent steps. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progression of the game run regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each operation port 36, 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, and clears the open / close execution mode flag when the open / close execution mode ends.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress in step S501, whether or not the main display unit 45 is in a variable display mode in step S502, ie, the game is in progress. It is determined whether or not.
When it is determined in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is not displaying the change display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for starting the game play in steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is in a variable display mode, the MPU 62 executes the game times progression process of steps S506 to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game run in steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display area Rb. It is determined whether the total number CRN of is less than or equal to "0". If the MPU 62 determines that the total number CRN is equal to or less than “0” in step S503, it ends the game play control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display area reserved area Ra or the second result display area reserved area A data setting process is performed to set the hold information stored in Rb for game sequence digestion. Thereafter, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display to execute change start processing for digesting the game play, and ends the game play control processing.
Hereinafter, the data setting process of step S504 and the change start process of step S505 will be described in detail.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether the second start storage number RbN for the second result display area reserve area Rb set in step S204 of the winning process for the operation opening is less than or equal to "0". Do. If the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is less than or equal to "0", the MPU 62 executes the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S602 to S606, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 is executed.

As described above, the data setting process sets the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit for digesting the game time, and the data setting process for the first result display unit, and the second result display unit. It has a data setting process for the 2nd result display part which sets up reserve information memorized by reserve area Rb for reserve for game sequence digestion.
Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not "0" or less, the second result display unit is performed without executing the data setting process for the first result display unit. Execute data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the hold information stored in the second result display unit holding area Rb based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the MPU 62 receives the upper operation opening 36. Regardless of whether or not there is hold information stored in the first result display section holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball, the priority information is preferentially played on the hold information stored in the second result display section holding area Rb. Set for digestion of times.

First, the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start storage number RaN of the first result display area storage area Ra for updating.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display area reserve area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit holding area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 toward the first area Ra1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the hold information of the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Ra4 to the third Shift to area Ra3.

  In step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. This second result display unit flag is a flag for specifying which main display unit 45 of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b is to start the variable display at the time of the game round It is. In this step S605, since the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag, the variation display is displayed on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 when the game time is consumed. To start (1st variation display).

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a first shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been performed, transmits the set first shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. Finish. This first shift command is a voice emission that the shift of the hold information is executed for the hold information stored in the first result display hold area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 It includes information for causing the controller 90 to recognize.
The audio light emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first hold lamp unit 49 a based on the first shift command sent from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the first storage lamp portion 49a in accordance with the decrease in the number of reserved game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S 607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN of the second result display area pending area Rb and updates the value.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display area reserve area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process of shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the second result display unit holding area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 toward the first area Rb1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the hold information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

  In step S610, the MPU 62 sets a second result display unit flag in the RAM 64. In this step S610, since the MPU 62 sets the second result display unit flag, the second result display unit 45b is variably displayed based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37 when the game time is consumed. Indicates that the second variable display is to be started.

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been performed, transmits the set second shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. Finish. This second shift command is a voice emission that the shift of the hold information is executed for the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37 It includes information for causing the controller 90 to recognize.
The sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp unit 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b in accordance with the decrease in the number of reserved game balls that have won in the lower operation opening 37.

  In the following description, the first shift command and the second shift command are also referred to as a pending shift command.

FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718, as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode, then in step S702 the low probability mode (refer to FIG. 7A) is read from the ROM table 63 memory area 63a. When it is determined in step S701 that the lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S703, the table for high probability mode (refer to FIG. 7B) is stored in the ROM 63 in the table memory area 63a. read out.

  After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes a yes / no determination process in step S704. In this success / failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success / failure table read in step S702 or step S703, and as a result of the success / failure lottery Determine As described above, the success or failure result is any of the "big hit", the "special outlier", and the "normal outlier", and the high probability mode is obtained even if the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode. The same is true.

  In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure result determined in step S704 is "big hit". If the MPU 62 determines that the success or failure is "big hit" in step S705, it executes the processing after step S706, and if it determines that the success or failure is not "big hit" in step S705. , And execute the process after step S712.

First, the process (the process after step S706) when it is determined in step S705 that the MPU 62 determines that the result is "big hit" will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 or not.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the gaming ball in the upper operation opening 36. This means that the first distribution table (see FIG. 8A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S707.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the gaming ball in the lower operation opening 37. In step S708, the second distribution table (see FIG. 8B) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S708.

  After executing the processing of step S 707 or step S 708, the MPU 62 executes distribution determination processing in step S 709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read in step S 707 or step S 708 to obtain the distribution lottery result ( Determine the distribution result).

  In step S710, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the jackpot result. In the stop result setting process for the big hit result, the MPU 62 determines in step S 709 the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45 a or the second result display unit 45 b of the main display unit 45. The determination is made according to the distribution result, and the determined information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 compares the distribution result determined in step S 709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to make the main display unit 45 finally stop displaying a symbol. Determine such information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the pattern of the symbols to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 with different distribution results.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets, in the RAM 64, a flag corresponding to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the distribution result is “invisible small round high probability result”, the MPU 62 sets an implicit small round high probability result flag, “explicit small round high probability result” If it is specified that "is specified, the explicit small round high certainty result flag is set, and if it is specified that it is the" most favorable result ", the most advantageous result flag is set. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S716 and thereafter.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes the determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, processing in the case where it is determined in step S705 that the success or failure result is not "big hit" in the MPU 62 (processing after step S712) will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether the result of the determination made in step S704 is a "special outlier result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the success or failure result is the "specially outlier result", it executes the processing of step S713 and subsequent steps, and if it determines that the success or failure result is not the "specially outlier result" in step S712. In step S715, the processing of step S715 and subsequent steps is performed.

In step S 713, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special removal result. In the stop result setting process for the special out result, the MPU 62 determines information on a pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is made. The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the special out result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the special out result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the big hit result.
In step S714, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result is a "special outlier" by referring to the special outlier flag.

  On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the normal removal result. In the stop result setting process for the normal out result, the MPU 62 determines information on the pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is made. The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal removal result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the normal out result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the big hit result and the stop result table for the special out result.

After executing any of the processes of step S711, step S714, and step S715, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting a display continuation time (display continuation period) in step S716.
In the setting processing of the display continuation time, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the fluctuation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

  Further, in the setting process of the display continuation time, the MPU 62 determines whether the reach display occurs in the symbol display device 47 or not. Specifically, when the distribution result determined in step S 709 is “the most advantageous result”, the MPU 62 determines that the success or failure result determined in step S 704 is the “normal out-of-order result” and the reach occurrence lottery When the player wins, it is determined that the reach display occurs. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b. Execute a reach occurrence lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the fluctuation type counter acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display continuation time table stored in the reach table storage area 63 d of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table stored in the reach table storage area 63 d of the ROM 63 for variation type counter The display continuation time corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS acquired from the buffer is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in the display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set to shorten the display continuation time as the number of holdings increases. Therefore, the display continuation time at the time of digesting the hold information concerning the upper operation port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of holdings concerning the upper operation port 36 increases. The display continuation time when digesting the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 is set so as to be shorter as the number of hold for the lower operation port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set to shorten the display continuation time when the support mode is the high frequency support mode as compared with the case where the support mode is the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

  Note that the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table may be set in a reverse relationship to the above-mentioned relationship such as increasing the display continuation time as the number of pending items increases, and the number of pending occurrences and the support mode may be set. It is good also as composition which does not change. Also, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the pass / fail result and the distribution result.

In step S717, the MPU 62 sets a variation command and a type command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change command and the type command set in step S717 to the sound emission control device 90.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

The variation command includes information related to the display duration. In addition, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not reach indication occurs.
Here, as described above, the display continuation time determined by referring to the reach generation display continuation time table and the display continuation time determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table are mutually different. It is different.
Therefore, even if information on whether reach display occurs or not is not included in the variation command, reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 that is the control device on the sub side based on the information related to the display continuation time. It is possible to determine if it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the change command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the reach indication occurs. Note that the change command may directly include the information as to whether or not the reach display occurs.

  In addition, the variation command includes information related to the pass / fail lottery mode (low probability mode or high probability mode) and information related to the support mode (low frequency support mode or high frequency support mode). Furthermore, the fluctuation command is used to specify which main display unit 45 of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b is to start the fluctuation display when the game time is consumed. (A first variation display or a second variation display) is included.

The type command includes information on the result of the pass / fail. In other words, the type command includes, as the information related to the result of the success or failure, each piece of information related to the "big hit", the "special outlier", and the "normal outlier". Also, the type command includes information related to the distribution result. In other words, the type command includes, as information related to the distribution result, each information related to “invisible small round high probability result”, “explicit small round high probability result”, and “most advantageous result”.
In the following description, the result of the determination and the result of the distribution are collectively referred to as a game result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display unit 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first game based on the winning of the game ball in the upper operation opening 36 when digesting the game time. Since it is shown that the variable display is started on the result display unit 45a, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second game processing is performed based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37 when the game time is consumed. Since it is shown that the change display is started on the result display unit 45b, the change display is started on the second result display unit 45b.

Returning to the explanation of the game number control process, the game number progressing process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 determines in step S502 whether or not the main display unit 45 is displaying the change display, and if it is determined that the main display unit 45 displays the change display, the game times for steps S506 to S509 are advanced. Execute the process

  In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether the display duration time set in step S716 of the change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, it performs the variable display process in step S507. In the variable display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the fluctuation end process in step S508. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in any one of step S710, step S713, and step S715 of the variation start process executed when causing the main display unit 45 to start the variation display (main The information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the display unit 45 as a stop is specified. Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display unit 45 during the fluctuation display when the game is over (variation end execution processing). The fluctuation end process will be described in detail later.

Here, the symbols to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45 are different for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game arcade or the like can check the game result by visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of the game play. According to this, the manager of the game arcade, etc., for example, simply confirms whether or not the cheating attempt is made to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the same behavior as in the case of winning the jackpot occurrence lottery. Can be done.
Further, the main display unit 45 has a narrow display area as compared with the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, and the symbols displayed on the main display unit 45 as the stop display are made to stop display on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, when the game is over, the player checks not the main display unit 45 but the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to determine whether or not the jackpot has been won, and so on. The degree of attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a change end command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.
In addition, the sound emission control apparatus 90 performs the process for ending the presentation of the game time based on the change end command transmitted from MPU62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to end the effects of the game play independently without requiring the reception of the change end command.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the MPU 62 notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of holding information stored in the first result display unit holding area Ra or the second result display unit holding area Rb. .
In addition, as described above, when the MPU 62 determines that there is hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb based on the game ball winning in the lower operation opening 37, the upper operation opening Priority is given to the holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb regardless of whether or not there is the holding information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to 36. The game is set to digest the game time. In other words, the MPU 62 stores the plurality of holding information stored in the first result display holding area Ra as the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb. The notification is given priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with.

<Processing for telegraph support>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a process for electronic combination support.
In the electronic-support-support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809, as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the bonus item display unit 46 is in a variable display mode, that is, whether or not a game combination game is in progress.

When it is determined in step S801 that the bonus character display unit 46 is not displaying the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S802 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the bonus character display unit 46 is displaying the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S806 and thereafter.

First, the process (the process after step S802) when it is determined in step S801 that the bonus item display unit 46 is not displaying the variable display will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether the open / close execution mode is in progress.

If the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in effect at step S802, the electronic-support support process ends without executing the process at step S803 and subsequent steps. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progression of the electronic combination game regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress in step S802, the MPU 62 determines in step S803 whether or not the hold number RcN for electronic combination is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the number of electronic held awards RcN is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the electronic-support support processing without executing the processing of step S804 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S 803 that the electronic-pending number RcN is not "0" or less, in step S 804, the electronic-pending information stored in the electronic-pending area 64c Executes the electronic combination data setting process for setting for digesting the combination game. Thereafter, in step S805, the MPU 62 starts the variable display on the bonus character display unit 46, executes the electronic combination change start process for digesting the electronic combination game game, and ends the electronic combination support process.
Hereinafter, the electronic combination data setting process of step S804 and the electronic combination change start process of step S805 will be described in detail.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of electronic combination data setting processing.
In the electronic combination data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S904, as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the number of electronic holdings RcN in the electronic holding area 64c and updates it.
In step S902, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the storage area of the hold area 64c to the execution area.
In step S903, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process of shifting the power hold information stored in the storage area of the power hold area 64c. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the power hold information stored in each storage area of the power hold area 64c to the electronic control execution area side.

In step S904, the MPU 62 sets a shift command at the shift for recognizing that the shift of the hold hold information has been performed, and transmits the set shift command at the shift to the voice emission control device 90, End the combination data setting process. In this electronic combination shift command, a shift of electronic combination holding information is executed on electronic combination holding information stored in the storage area of the electronic combination holding area 64c based on the winning of the gaming ball to each through gate 41 Includes information for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize
Note that the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the third hold lamp unit 49 c based on the command at the time of the electronic gear shift transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lightings of the third storage lamp portion 49c in accordance with the reduction of the number of game balls held for winning in each through gate 41.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination change start process.
In the electronic combination change start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1010 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode by determining whether the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 or not. The high frequency support flag will be described in detail later.

  When the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the electronic control for the low frequency support mode is determined in step S1002. When the table (see FIG. 6A) is read out from the electronic control case storage area 63c of the ROM 63 and it is determined in step S1001 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the high frequency support mode is selected in step S1003. The electronic combination table (see FIG. 6 (b)) for the electronic device is read out from the electronic combination table storage area 63c of the ROM 63.

  After executing the processing of step S1002 or step S1003, the MPU 62 executes electronic gear success / failure determination processing in step S1004. In the electronic combination determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the motorized combination release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 with the electronic combination table read in step S1002 or step S1003. Then, the result of the electric combination opening lottery is judged (the result of the electric combination success or failure). In addition, as described above, the electric wave success or failure result is either “electronic wave opening winning” or “electronic wave opening out result”, and even if the support mode is the low frequency support mode, it is the high frequency support mode. The same is true.

In step S1005, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electronic-incorporation success or failure result determined in step S1004 is "electronic-arm opening election".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the electric-incorporation status result is "electronic-part opening winning", in step S1006, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for electronic-part opening winning. In the stop result setting process for the electronic combination open winning, the MPU 62 stores, in the RAM 64, information related to a pattern to be finally displayed on the character display unit 46 for stop display. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the electronic combination release winning stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the symbol display unit 46 for stop display.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the electronic-incorporation status result is not "electronic-part opening election" (when it is determined that "electronic-part opening release result"), in step S1007 Execute stop result setting processing for the open result result. In the stop result setting process for the open result release result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information on a pattern to be finally displayed on the character display portion 46 for stop display. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the open result release result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the symbol display unit 46 for stop display.

After executing the process of step S1006 or step S1007, the MPU 62 executes, in step S1008, a process of setting a display duration time (display duration period of the electric combination).
In the setting process of the display combination duration, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

If the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 determines the electronic-display time by referring to the electronic-display time table for the high-frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63. The determined electronic combination display continuation time is set in the electronic combination display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the power for the low frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63 is stored. The electronic control display continuous time is determined by referring to the combination display continuous time table, and the determined electronic control display continuous time is set in the electronic control display continuous time counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64.

Here, the electronic control display continuation time table for the high-frequency support mode is set to shorten the electronic-display display continuation time as compared with the electronic-arm display continuation time table for the low-frequency support mode. In other words, the electronic display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
In addition, the electronic display duration determined by referring to the electronic display duration table for the high frequency support mode is determined based on the electronic display duration table for the low frequency support mode. It is different from the role display duration.
The electronic combination display continuous time may be configured not to fluctuate according to the support mode. Further, the electronic control display duration table for the high frequency support mode and the electronic display duration table for the low frequency support mode may be the same.

In step S1009, the MPU 62 sets a command for electronic combination change. This electronic combination changing command includes information related to the electronic combination display continuation time. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the electronic combination variation command set in step S1009 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the command for electronic combination variation transmitted from the MPU 62.

  In step S1010, the MPU 62 causes the character display unit 46 to start variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electronic combination change start process.

Referring back to FIG. 16, the processing in step S806 and the subsequent steps will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the character display area 46 is displaying the change, and if it is determined that the character display area 46 displays the change, the processing after step S806 is performed. Run.

  In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric-power-indicator display continuation time set in step S1008 of the electric-power-combination fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the electronic combination display duration time counter of the RAM 64 has become “0” or less. The value of the electronic combination display duration time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electronic combination display continuation time has not elapsed, it executes the electronic combination fluctuation display process in step S807. In the electronic combination variation display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the role display area 46 during the variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electronic combination support processing.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electronic combination display continuation time has elapsed, it executes electronic combination fluctuation end processing in step S808. In this electronic combination change end process, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in the process of step S1006 or step S1007 of the electronic combination change start process executed when causing the bonus character display unit 46 to start the variable display ( The information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the display unit 46 for stop display is specified. Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character display portion 46 so as to display the symbol corresponding to the specified information on the character display portion 46 in the variable display at the end of the electronic combination game cycle ( Electronic wave fluctuation end execution processing). The electronic combination fluctuation end processing will be described in detail later.

In step S809, the MPU 62 sets an electronic combination change end command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the electronic combination variation end command set in step S809 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electronic combination support processing.
The sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the electronic combination game game based on the electronic combination change end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to end the effect of the electronic combination game play independently without requiring the reception of the electronic combination change end command.

<Playing state transition processing>
FIG. 19 is a view showing a flowchart of gaming state transition processing.
In the gaming state transition process, as shown in FIG. 19, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1114.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether the open / close execution mode is in progress.
When it is determined in step S1101 that the open / close execution mode is not in effect, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1102 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the open / close execution mode is in effect, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1111 and subsequent steps.

First, in step S1101, processing (processing in step S1102 and subsequent steps) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the open / close execution mode is not in effect will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 has not ended, the gaming state transition processing ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 is finished, in step S1103, whether the result of the acceptance corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode. Determine if Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure result is a "big hit" or a "special off result".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the acceptance result corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag in the RAM 64 and then executes the processing of step S1104 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the result of the acceptance or rejection does not correspond to the transition to the open / close execution mode (when it is determined that the result of the acceptance is “normally out of place”) End the state transition process.

In step S1104, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “special outlier result”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", the MPU 62 sets "2" in the open / close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S1105. The opening / closing counter SOC is a counter for specifying by the MPU 62 the total number of times of opening and closing the special winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening / closing execution mode.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result", that is, if it determines that the success or failure result is "big hit", the distribution result in step S1106. It is determined whether or not is a small round high probability result (“invisible small round high probability result” or “explicit small round high probability result”).

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the distribution result is a small round high probability result, in step S1107, the MPU 62 sets "2" to the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the distribution result is not a small round high probability result, that is, if it determines that the distribution result is the “most advantageous result”, the round counter RC is selected in step S1108. Set "4" to The round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games with the MPU 62 when shifting to the open / close execution mode.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of open / close execution modes having different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as the open / close execution mode, the number-of-rounds defining mode in which transition is made when the success / failure result is “big hit” and the number of switchings in transition when the success / failure result is “specially out”. And a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The open / close number setting mode ends on the condition that a predetermined total number of opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a has been executed, or that a predetermined number of gaming balls have won the special winning opening 38a. Here, the total number of times of opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening and closing counter SOC. This open / close number setting mode does not end on the condition of the number of round game executions.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 performs opening and closing of the one big winning opening 38 a for one round game. In addition, one round game continues until any one of the following two conditions is met. In other words, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses (2) The total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

  After executing any of steps S1105, S1107, and S1108, in step S1109, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 as a standby time (waiting period) for opening. Set "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is optional.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S 1103 that the result of the acceptance corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the waiting time for opening the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
Note that the waiting time for opening is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of the game result, for example, to the extent that the player recognizes the same. Also, for example, the waiting time for opening is largely different depending on the type of the game result, such as when it is the game result of the "most advantageous result" and when it is the game result other than this. The configuration may be different.

In step S1110, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process. The opening command includes information on the game result that has triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode. In step S301 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S1110 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 recognizes the transition to the open / close execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, processing (processing after step S1111) when it is determined in step S1101 that the open / close execution mode is in effect by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1111, the MPU 62 executes the special winning opening / closing process.

FIG. 20 is a view showing a flowchart of the special winning opening / closing process.
In the special winning opening / closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1224 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether the special winning opening 38a is open.
When it is determined in step S1201 that the special winning opening 38a is not open, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1202 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the special winning opening 38a is open, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1206 and subsequent steps.

First, processing (processing after step S1202) when it is determined in step S1201 that the special winning opening 38a is not open by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1202, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that both the value of the opening / closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are less than or equal to “0”, the special winning opening / closing process is ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, It is determined whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the special winning opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, it executes the special winning opening opening process in step S1204.
Hereinafter, the special winning opening opening process of step S1204 will be described in detail.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the special winning opening opening process.
In the special winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1307 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “extra outlier result”.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", it sets "8" in the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S1302. In S1303, "85" is set to the timer counter T. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result", it sets "8" to the winning counter PC in step S1304, and the distribution result in step S1305. It is determined whether or not is a small round high probability result (“invisible small round high probability result” or “explicit small round high probability result”).

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the distribution result is the small round high probability result, the MPU 62 sets “85” in the timer counter T in step S1303 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the distribution result is not the small round high probability result, the MPU 62 sets “15000” in the timer counter T in step S1306. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

  After executing the processing of step S1303 or step S1306, the MPU 62 executes open execution processing of the special winning opening in step S1307. In the opening execution process of the special winning opening, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state by executing the drive control of the variable prize driving unit 38c. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1302 or step S1304 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of gaming balls to the special winning opening 38a.
Further, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 defines the upper limit continuation time until the closed state is set again after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state. Therefore, as described above, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit durations different in length by setting “85” or “15000” in the timer counter T. Specifically, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit continuation time to 30 seconds (long-term mode) and sets the upper limit continuation time to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long mode (short-term mode (short-term mode). Mode) is set.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 to fire the gaming ball by exciting the solenoid of the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting “8” to the winning counter PC.
Therefore, since the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, the upper limit of 8 game balls which is the upper limit. It is easy to win a prize in the special winning opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit continuation time of the short time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls Because it is shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to win the game ball in the big winning opening 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball in the big winning opening 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the special winning opening / closing process, the processes after step S1205 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the special winning opening opening process of step S 1204, the MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S 1205. Further, in step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S1205 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the open state based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, processing (processing after step S1206) when it is determined in step S1201 that the special winning opening 38a is open by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1206, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 of the special winning opening opening process has elapsed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it executes the processing in step S1207 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less in step S1206, it executes the processing of step S1218 and subsequent steps.

First, the process (process after step S1207) when it is determined in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not “0” or less by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1207, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning on the special winning opening 38a has occurred. The determination as to whether or not a winning in the special winning opening 38a has occurred is performed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the special winning opening 38a.

When it is determined in step S1207 that the winning of the special winning opening 38a has not occurred, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the winning of the special winning opening 38a has occurred in step S1207, the value of the winning counter PC is decremented by 1 and updated in step S1208.

In step S1209, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is not "0" or less, it ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes a closing execution process in step S1210. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c.

In step S1211, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S 1211 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S 301 of the normal process.
The audio light emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state based on the close command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S1212, the MPU 62 determines whether the result of the acceptance or rejection is the "special outlier result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1223 and later described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the pass / fail result is not the “special out-of-order result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1213 and subsequent steps.
In step S1213, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1214, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is not “0” or less, the MPU 62 sets “500” to the value of the timer counter T in step S1215. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.

  Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1215 is set to the open state, and then the open / close door 38b is set to the open state, and then the open standby is performed until the open / close door 38b is set to the open state again. It defines the time. In the present embodiment, the open standby time is 1 sec. The open standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the open / close execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1216 and subsequent steps.
In step S1216, the MPU 62 sets "2000" in the timer counter T as the waiting time (waiting period) for ending. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed, as described above. Therefore, the waiting time for ending is 4 seconds. The waiting time for ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for ending is the same as the waiting time for opening regardless of the type of the game result. That is, the waiting time for ending is the same regardless of the type of the open / close execution mode.
Note that the waiting time for ending is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of the game result, for example, to the extent that the player recognizes as similar. Also, for example, the waiting time for ending is largely different depending on the type of the game result, such as when it is the game result of the "most advantageous result" and when it is the game result other than this. The configuration may be different.

In step S1217, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1217 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
The audio light emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the open / close execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, in step S1206, processing (processing in step S1218 and subsequent steps) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less will be described.
In step S1218, the MPU 62 executes the closing execution process as in step S1210 described above.
In step S1219, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S1211 described above.

In step S1220, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “special outlier result”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S 1220 that the result of the pass / fail is not the “special out-of-order result”, that is, if it determines that the result of the pass / fail is “big hit”, it executes the processing of step S 1221 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S 1220 that the result of the pass / fail is the “special outlier result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S 1223 and subsequent steps.

First, in step S1220, processing (processing in step S1221 and subsequent steps) when the MPU 62 determines that the acceptance result is not the “special outlier result” will be described.
In step S1221, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1222, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1215 and the subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of S1216 and the subsequent steps.

Next, processing (processing in step S1223 and subsequent steps) when it is determined in step S1212 or step S1220 that the MPU 62 determines that the acceptance result is the “special outlier result” will be described.
In step S1223, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open / close counter SOC for update.

In step S1224, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1224 that the value of the open / close counter SOC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1215 and subsequent steps described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less in step S1224, the MPU 62 executes the above-described processing of S1216 and subsequent steps.

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S1112 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the special winning opening / closing process of step S1111, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less in step S1112. judge.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the gaming state transition process is ended.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that both the value of the opening / closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are "0" or less, the value of the timer counter T is "0" in step S1113. It is determined whether it is 0 or less.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the gaming state transition process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, after clearing the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1114, Execute transition processing at the end of open / close execution mode. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
The transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described in detail below.

FIG. 22 is a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode.
In the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1406 as shown in FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game result is a "special out result".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is the "special out result", the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode without executing the process of step S1402 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is not the "special out result" (when it is determined that the game result is the "big hit"), in step S1402, the RAM 64 2 Determine whether the result display unit flag is set.

  When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the gaming ball to the upper operation opening 36. Since it is indicated that the user is made to execute, the first support mode setting process of step S1403 is executed. The first support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low frequency support mode or the high frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode which has been shifted in response to the winning of the gaming ball in the upper operation port 36 being ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the second result display unit 45b is based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37. Since the variable display is to be started, the second support mode setting process of step S1404 is executed. The second support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low frequency support mode or the high frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode which has been shifted in response to the winning of the gaming ball in the lower operation port 37.
The first support mode setting process of step S1403 and the second support mode setting process of step S1404 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 23 is a flowchart of the first support mode setting process.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507, and in step S1501 the winning lottery mode. If it is determined that the mode is not the high probability mode, the first support mode setting process for the low probability mode of steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507 will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets “0” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S1502 (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the high frequency support flag in step S1505. Is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1506, the MPU 62 sets “1” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term frequent support mode command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1507, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting process for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1510, the MPU 62 sets "34" to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S1508 (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), it is stored in the RAM 64 in step S1511. Clear the frequent support flag. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In step S1512, the MPU 62 sets “0” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the second support mode setting process.
In the second support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1601 to S1611 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1601 that the acceptance lottery mode is the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606, and in step S1601 the acceptance lottery mode. When it is determined that the mode is not the high probability mode, the second support mode setting process for the low probability mode of steps S1607 to S1611 is executed.

First, the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606 will be described.
In step S1602, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1603. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1604, the MPU 62 sets "34" to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S1602 (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), it is stored in the RAM 64 in step S1605. Clear the frequent support flag. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In step S1606, the MPU 62 sets “0” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  After executing the process of step S1604 or the process of step S1606, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

Next, the second support mode setting process for the low probability mode in steps S1607 to S1611 will be described.
In step S1607, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1608. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1609, the MPU 62 sets "34" to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the high frequency support flag is set in step S1610. Is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1611, the MPU 62 sets "34" to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  After executing the process of step S1609 or the process of step S1611, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

  FIG. 25 is a view showing the value of the game number counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process. Specifically, FIG. 25 shows the first change display and the second change display that triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode, the winning / not drawing mode and the support mode at the transition to the open / close execution mode, and the first support It is a figure which shows a relationship with the value of the game frequency counter RTC set by mode setting process or 2nd support mode setting process.

The value of the number-of-games counter RTC set in the first support mode setting process (the process when transitioning to the open / close execution mode triggered by winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36) is shown in the left column of FIG. In accordance with the combination of the lottery mode and the support mode is different.
In the case of the combination of the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode, the value of the game number counter RTC is 34 times.
In the case of the combination of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode, the value of the game number counter RTC is one.
Then, in the case of combinations other than these, the value of the game number counter RTC is 0 times. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.

Further, the value of the game number counter RTC set in the second support mode setting process (the process when transitioning to the open / close execution mode triggered by winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation port 37) is shown in the right column of FIG. As shown, it differs depending on the combination of the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode.
In the case of the combination of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode, the value of the game number counter RTC is 0 times. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.
Then, in the case of combinations other than these, the value of the game number counter RTC is 34 times.

Here, the high-frequency support mode continues until one or 34 game times, which is the end reference number set in the game number counter RTC, is consumed. The MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag when one or 34 game times have been consumed. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In the following description, the high-frequency support mode, which continues until the end of the game count which is the end reference number set in the game number counter RTC, is also referred to as short-term high frequency support mode, is set in the game number counter RTC The high frequency support mode which continues until the 34 game times which is the end standard number of times which has been completed is consumed is also referred to as a long-term high frequency support mode.

  The MPU 62 executes these processes in the electronic combination change end process of step S808 described above. The electronic combination fluctuation end processing in step S808 will be described in detail later.

Returning to the description of the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the process after step S1405 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the first support mode setting process of step S1403 or the second support mode setting process of step S1404, the MPU 62 sets a high probability mode flag in the RAM 64 in step S1405. If the high probability mode flag is already set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains this. By this, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
In step S1406, the MPU 62 sets “3” to the value of the high probability number counter STC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

  In addition, when ending the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the flags set in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result (invisible small round high probability result flag, explicit small round high probability result flag, and Clear the most favorable result flag) and the special out flag. Further, in step S701 of the above-mentioned fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 determines whether the high probability mode is the high probability mode by determining whether the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64 or not. There is.

Here, the high-probability mode continues until it consumes three game times, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability number counter STC. The MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag when it digests three game times. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.
The MPU 62 executes these processes in the fluctuation end process of step S508 described above. Hereinafter, the variation ending process of step S508 will be described in detail.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation end process.
In the fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1701 to S1709 as shown in FIG.
In step S1701, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in step S710, step S713, or step S715 of the fluctuation start process performed when the fluctuation display is started on the main display unit 45 (main display unit 45) specify information on the pattern to be finally displayed on stop. And MPU62 performs display control of the main display part 45 so that the pattern corresponding to this specified information may be displayed on the main display part 45 in a fluctuation display, at the time of completion | finish of game times (variation end execution process)

In step S1702, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the acceptance lottery mode is not the high probability mode, it executes the processing of step S1706 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode, the number of times of high probability set in step S1406 of the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode in step S1703. The value of the counter STC is updated by subtracting one. Here, the fluctuation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the high probability number counter STC.
In step S1704, the MPU 62 determines whether the high probability number counter STC is equal to or less than "0".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high probability number counter STC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing in step S1706 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high probability number counter STC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1705. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.

As described above, when the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery, the gaming state shifts to the high probability mode after the opening / closing execution mode (that is, the number-of-rounds regulation mode) ends regardless of the current gaming state. . The high probability mode continues until it has consumed 3 game times, which is the end reference number set in the high probability number counter STC.
In addition, when the jackpot does not become the "big hit", that is, when the result of the win is "special out" or "normal out", the gaming state does not shift.

After executing step S1705, if it is determined in step S1702 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode, or if it is determined in step S1704 that the high probability number counter STC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 In step S1706, it is determined whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it is determined that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the fluctuation end is performed without executing the processing of step S1707 and subsequent steps. End the process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the game set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process in step S1707. The value of the number counter RTC is updated by subtracting one. Here, the variation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the game number counter RTC.

In step S1708, the MPU 62 determines whether the game number counter RTC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the number-of-games counter RTC is not "0" or less, the variation end process is ended without executing the process of step S1709 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the game number counter RTC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1709. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation end process.

  As described above, when the jackpot win occurs and the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 in the lottery, the gaming state is the open / close execution mode (that is, the number-of-rounds regulation mode) regardless of the current gaming state. After completion, transition to high frequency support mode. The high frequency support mode continues until it consumes one or 34 game times which is the end reference number set in the game number counter RTC.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing function as gaming state switching means for switching between the low probability mode and the high probability mode.
Specifically, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end processing are won when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Switching to high probability mode.
In addition, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing are the number of pieces of suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb after switching to the high probability mode (4 in this embodiment) Switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode is triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number (3 in the present embodiment) of the hold information smaller than the predetermined number.

  In the present embodiment, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. In this case, switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode is triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number (3 in this embodiment) of the pending information. The low probability mode and the high probability mode may be switched based on the condition of In short, the gaming state switching means may switch between the first gaming state and the second gaming state.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end process are switched to the high probability mode, and then temporarily switch the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. It also functions as a state switching means.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes opening and closing advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. It functions as gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state from the normal control state (the low probability mode and the high probability mode) to the mode.

FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination fluctuation end process.
In the electronic combination fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S 1801, the information stored in the RAM 64 in the process of step S 1006 or step S 1007 of the electric combination change start process performed when starting the variable display on the character display area 46 (finally to the character display area 46 Identify the information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character display portion 46 so as to display the symbol corresponding to the specified information on the character display portion 46 in the variable display at the end of the electronic combination game cycle ( Electronic wave fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electronic combination result is “electronic combination open winning”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric-incorporation status result is not "electronic-part opening winning", the MPU 62 ends the electronic-pricing fluctuation end process without executing the processing in step S1803 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electronic-incorporation status result is "electronic-part opening winning", it determines in step S1803 whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. Do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 executes the high-frequency electric utility group release execution process in step S1804. In the high-frequency electronic combination release execution process, the MPU 62 executes the open / close process of the electric combination 37a by executing the drive control of the electric combination drive 37b.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), in step S1805 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electronic combination release execution processing, the MPU 62 executes the opening / closing processing of the electric combination 37a by executing the drive control of the combination detection part 37b.
After executing the high-frequency electronic combination release execution processing of step S1804 or the low-frequency electronic combination release execution processing of step S1805, the MPU 62 ends the electronic combination fluctuation end processing.

  Here, compared to the low frequency electronic combination release execution process, the high frequency electronic combination release execution process has many times of setting the electric combination 37a in the open state when the electric combination open lottery is won. The opening time for setting the motorized jack 37a in the open state is also long. Further, in the high-frequency electric utility player release execution process, the closing time for setting the motorized accessory 37a in the closed state is shorter than the one open time during each open operation in the one electronic worker open state. ing.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 as compared to the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the gaming ball has a higher probability of winning in the upper actuation opening 36 than the lower actuation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36.
Then, when a prize in the lower operation opening 37 is detected, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, so in the high frequency support mode, the player plays the game while not reducing the number of gaming balls very much. It can be carried out.

<Electric Configuration of Audio Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the sound emission control apparatus and the display control apparatus.
As shown in FIG. 28, the voice emission control device 90 includes a voice emission control substrate 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the voice emission control substrate 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main control unit 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23 and 49 a to 49 c, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of the various lamp units 23, 49 a to 49 c and the speaker unit 24 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 60.
Further, the MPU 92 transmits commands as a result of analyzing these commands to the display control apparatus 100. The audio light emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of the signal line.

  The display control apparatus 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 constituting the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 are integrated into a chip. The MPU 102, the VDP 105, the character ROM 106, and the video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

  The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the audio light emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the command to execute control of the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the program ROM 103 is executed, and is volatile which requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is a storage means.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the symbol display device 47. Since the VDP 105 is formed into an IC chip, it is also referred to as a “drawing chip”, and its substance is to be said to be a microcomputer chip incorporating firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102, and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 47. The character ROM 106 holds bit map format image data of various patterns, a color pallet table to be referred to when determining a color to be expressed in each dot of the bit map image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 47, and the display content of the symbol display device 47 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

<About the timer interrupt process executed by the voice emission control device 90>
FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 29, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2005 periodically (for example, in a cycle of 2 msec).

  In step S2001, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In the command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading the command received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores the command in the ring buffer in the order received from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in accordance with the order stored in the ring buffer.

In step S2002, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines an effect for game circulation, an effect for the open / close execution mode, and the like.
In step S2003, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the contents of the effect determination process of step S2002. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S2004, the MPU 92 executes a demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62. In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period for demonstration start (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed without the start of a new game play after the game play is over. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and executes voice control of the speaker unit 24.

In step S2005, a command transmission process for transmitting the command set in the effect determination process of step S2002 to the display control apparatus 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 to the display control apparatus 100, and displays various commands in the display control apparatus 100. If it is determined that the transmission timing has arrived, the command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100.
Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the timer interrupt process.

<About the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute effects for game use, effects for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, as shown in FIG. 30, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116.

In step S 2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that it has not received each command, it executes the processing of step S2109 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that each command has been received, it is determined in step S2102 whether the game result is "the most advantageous result" based on the content of the type command. Determine if

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is "the most advantageous result", in step S2103, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of the game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is "the most advantageous result", the MPU 92 relates to a combination of symbols having the same number as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Determine the information. The numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is not the "most favorable result", the game result is the "normally out result" based on the content of the type command in step S2104. It is determined whether or not.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is not the "normal out result", that is, the game result is "special out result", "invisible small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" In the case of any of the above, in step S2105, the common symbol determination processing is executed. In the symbol determination processing for common use, the MPU 92 determines information concerning a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Specifically, the MPU 92 is not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a combination of special symbols having different numbers which are not selected in the case of a “normally out-of-order” result in the result of the lottery (for example, Decide "3.4.1". In addition, the combination of this special symbol is the same regardless of the type of the game result.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is a "normal out result", in step S2106, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal out. In the symbol determination processing for normal removal, the MPU 92 determines whether or not reach display occurs based on the content of the variation command.

When it is determined that the reach display occurs, the MPU 92 determines the information related to the combination of the reach display symbols as the stop result of the final stop display on the valid line L. In addition, the combination of the symbols of the reach display is randomly determined by lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the information related to the combination of the symbols different from the combination of the respective symbols described above as the stop result of the final stop display on the effective line L decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a symbol of a combination different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the combination of special symbols, and the combination of reach display symbols by lottery or the like.

  After executing any of the processes of step S2103, step S2105, and step S2106, the MPU 92 executes an effect pattern determination process in step S2107. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 refers to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93 to select an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects, as the effect pattern, the effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect. In step S2107, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery as to whether or not the advance notice is to be generated.

Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the selected effect pattern.
Hereinafter, the process of determining an effect pattern in step S2107 will be described in detail.

<Determination process of presentation pattern>
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect pattern determination processing.
In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2201 to S2212 as shown in FIG.
In step S2201, the MPU 92 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode based on the content of the change command.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the acceptance lottery mode is the high probability mode, it determines in step S2202 whether or not the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94. The high probability suggestion flag is a flag for specifying whether or not the player is suggested to be in the high probability mode. The MPU 92 sets a high probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 when the game result that triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode is the "most favorable result" or the "explicit small round high certainty result" If the result is “round high probability result”, the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared. The process of setting or clearing the high probability suggestion flag will be described later.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2202 that the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94, the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203. In the high probability frequency notification determining process, the MPU 92 determines the notification of the value of the high probability frequency counter STC based on the content of the variation command.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the high probability suggestion flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2202, in step S2204 the support mode is the high frequency support mode based on the content of the variation command. It is determined whether the

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2204 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2205, and then the high probability number notification determination process in step S2203 described above is performed. Run.
Thus, even if the game result that triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode is “invisible small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 is in the case where the support mode is the high frequency support mode. The high certainty suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94, and the high certainty number notification determination process of step S2203 is executed.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode (when it is determined that the mode is the low probability mode), or if the MPU 92 determines in step S2204. If it is determined that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode, it is determined in step S2206 whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode based on the contents of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2206 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 92 executes game number notification determination processing in step S2207. In the game number notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines notification of the value of the game number counter RTC based on the contents of the variation command.
After executing the game number notification determination process of step S2207, or when determining that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode in step S2206 (when it is determined that the low-frequency support mode is selected), the MPU 92 performs step S2208. It is determined whether or not the variable display information is the second variable display.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is the second variable display, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2209 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the variable display information is not the second variable display in step S2208 (when it is determined that the first variable display is performed), the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2212 and the subsequent steps.

In step S2209, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is in effect.
The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is set by referring to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94. The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 is received, and if it is determined that it is received, the short-term high-frequency support mode flag is set and Read and clear high frequency support mode commands. Also, the MPU 92 clears the short-term frequent support mode flag at the end of the short-term frequent support mode.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that it is in the short-term high-frequency support mode, it executes special game state notification determination processing in step S2210. In the special game state notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines the notification of the special game state. The special gaming state will be described in detail later.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that the short-term high-frequency support mode is not set, in step S2211, whether the acceptance lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode It is determined whether or not.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the low frequency support mode, the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process of step S2210 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is not the low frequency support mode, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2212 and the subsequent steps.
As described above, when the MPU 92 determines that the variable display information is the second variable display in step S2208 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode or while staying in the low probability mode and the low-frequency support mode, The special game state notification determination process of S2210 is executed.

After executing the special game state notification determination process of step S2210, the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is not the second variable display (when it is determined to be the first variable display), or step S2211 If it is determined that the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is not the low frequency support mode, reach display setting processing is executed in step S2212.
In the reach display setting process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the reach display is to be generated, and sets the type of reach display, the duration of the effect, and the like when it is determined that the reach display is to be generated.
Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process.

Returning to the explanation of the effect determination process, the process after step S2108 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2108, the MPU 92 executes the change start command including the value of the high probability counter STC, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC, and the information related to the special gaming state, and the processing of any of step S2103, step S2105, and step S2106. And a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in step b. Then, the MPU 92 stores the change start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The fluctuation start command and the stop result command are transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 uses the program ROM 103 to execute a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to display the start and stop results of the variable display based on the change start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92. read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, after the symbol display device 47 starts the variable display, the symbol display device 47 finally causes the effective line L to stop and display the stop result determined by the MPU 92.

After executing the process of step S2108, or if it is determined in step S2101 that the variation command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2109 and subsequent steps.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

If it is determined in step S2109 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2116 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the opening command is received in step S2109, it determines the type of the game result based on the content of the opening command in step S2110.

In step S2111, the MPU 92 executes an effect determination process for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S2110. In the process of determining the effect for the opening / closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “special out result” or the “invisible small round high probability result” in step S2110, the processing for the opening / closing execution mode The effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 selects the effect C as the effect for the open / close execution mode.
The durations of effect A and effect B correspond to the time when opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is performed twice in a short time mode in the opening and closing execution mode. Further, the continuation time of the effect C corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is performed four times in a long time mode in the opening and closing execution mode.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the selection result of the effects A to C.

  In step S2112, the MPU 92 sets an open / close execution mode command including information related to the effect for the open / close execution mode selected in step S2111. Then, the MPU 92 stores the open / close execution mode command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The open / close execution mode command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to produce effects for the open / close execution mode based on the open / close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 executes the effect for the open / close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

  In step S2113, the MPU 92 determines, based on the content of the opening command, whether or not the game result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result".

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result", the MPU 92 sets a high probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 in step S2114.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" (the gaming result is "invisible small round high probability result" In the case where it is determined, in step S2115, the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared.

After executing the process of step S2114 or step S2115, or when determining that the opening command has not been received at step S2109, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2116 and subsequent steps.
In step S2116, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In the other processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for advancing an effect for the open / close execution mode based on, for example, the release command, the close command, and the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect determination process.

<About the relationship between the game result and the game state>
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like based on the execution of various processes will be described.
FIG. 32 is a view showing the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like. Specifically, FIG. 32 is a view showing the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like excluding the “normally out of place result”, the game results are arranged in the column direction, and the game state and the like are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 32, as a game result excluding the “normally out of place result”, the success or failure result of the “big hit” and the “outside of special result”, “invisible small round high probability result”, “explicitly It has the small round highly accurate result "and the distribution result of" the most advantageous result ".

Here, as shown in the second row of Table 2 of FIG. 32, the "special outlier result" is a game result that is selected when the "big hit" has not been made in the lottery for success or failure (symbol x in the figure). Further, the distribution result is a game result that is selected when the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery for success or failure (symbol in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result excluding the “normally out of place result” and the game state and the like will be described. In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state etc. as follows, but the combination of the game result and the game state etc., the contents of the game result, and The contents such as the gaming state are optional.

In the "special out result", the open / close execution mode is not the round number regulation mode, but shifts to the opening / closing number regulation mode, and the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time manner. Moreover, in the "special out-of-classification result", the success or failure lottery mode does not shift.
In the "invisible small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode is shifted to the round number defining mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times twice, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is performed twice in a short time mode Be done. In the “invisible small round high probability result”, the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
As described above, the “specially disappointing result” and the “invisible few round high certainty result” are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38 a is executed twice in a short time mode although the type of the open / close execution mode is different. doing.

  Further, in the “specially out of place result” and the “invisible small round high probability result”, the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect A. Furthermore, since the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 in step S2115 is cleared in the "invisible small round high probability result", the symbol display device 47 is high in the game time after the opening / closing execution mode ends. An image that clearly indicates the probability mode is not displayed on the display screen G.

Therefore, it is possible for the player to grasp whether the game result is “special out result” or “invisible small round high probability result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode. Can not. In other words, the symbol display device 47 is a lottery for success or failure after the opening / closing execution mode ends, even when the “invisible small round high probability result” is obtained in the distribution lottery and the high probability mode is entered. Mode spoofs as if not transitioning.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction of whether the success or failure lottery mode has shifted to the high probability mode.
In the "high frequency support mode", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2205, in the case of the distribution lottery, "invisible small round high probability result" and it shifts to the high probability mode Even in this case, the player can exceptionally grasp that the success or failure lottery mode has shifted to the high probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode is shifted to the round number defining mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times twice, and the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time manner. Ru. Further, in the “explicit small round high probability result”, the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Further, in the “explicit small round high probability result”, the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is effect B. Furthermore, since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114 in the "explicit small round high probability result", the symbol display device 47 is in the high probability mode in the game session after the opening / closing execution mode ends. The display screen G displays an image that clearly indicates that.
Therefore, the player can grasp that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result", the open / close execution mode shifts to the round number defining mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times being 4 times, and the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is executed 4 times in a long time mode. Further, in the “most advantageous result”, the success or failure lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Further, in the "most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same number, and the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the effect for the open / close execution mode becomes effect C. Furthermore, since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114 in the "most advantageous result", the symbol display device 47 clearly indicates that it is the high probability mode in the game round after the open / close execution mode ends. The image to be displayed is displayed on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can grasp that the game result is the “most advantageous result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode.

  In addition, as described above, the support mode is set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process based on a combination of the pass / fail lottery mode, the support mode, and the variable display information (see FIG. 25).

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a flowchart at the time of transition to the success or failure lottery mode and the support mode.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, is a "big hit" (see a solid arrow in the figure) and a "premature win" when it is determined that the prescribed game time has been consumed (see a dotted arrow in the figure). Change the lottery mode and support mode to).
In FIG. 33, the high probability mode (high probability) and low probability mode (low probability) in the lottery mode, the high frequency support mode (high frequency) and the low frequency support mode (low frequency) support mode, and high Blocks BL11 to BL17 show the number of rotations of the game play staying in the probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the display screen, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 34 (A) is a view showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode when the second holding lamp unit is not lit. is there. FIG. 34B is a view showing a display screen G in the case where the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 34A. FIG. 34 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 34 (B). FIG. 34 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of FIG. 34 (C). FIG. 34E is a diagram showing a display screen G in the first variation display in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 34D.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34A, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 34 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 34 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 34 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. In other words, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are disposed in the same path. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 34E, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a and the second holding lamp unit 49b is four.

FIG. 35 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the “most favorable result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first hold lamp unit, and the second hold It is a figure which shows a lamp | ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 35 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the case where the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of the first rotation after the process shifts to the block BL13. FIG. 35B is a diagram showing a display screen G in the second variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 35A. FIG. 35 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the case where the gaming round of three rotations is digested without being the “most advantageous result”. FIG. 35 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the second change display of FIG. 35 (C). FIG. 35E is a diagram showing a display screen G in the first variation display in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 35D.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 35, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  In the block BL13, in the case where the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (A), the symbol display device 47 is identical as a stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 35 (A) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL13, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 14, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (B), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

In the case where the pachinko machine 10 in the block BL14 consumes three rounds of game play without becoming a "big hit" (see the dotted arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 33, the low probability mode and low frequency support The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 35 (C), since the rest of the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb is only one in the second variation display, the second hold lamp 49b is not lit. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, since the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. 35, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is one rotation. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special gaming state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is four or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

FIG. 36 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode in the case where the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term frequent support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second It is a figure showing a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 36A is a diagram showing the display screen G in the case where the “first advantage display” is not obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after the process shifts to the block BL13. FIG. 36 (B) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the case where the gaming round of two rotations is digested without being the “most advantageous result”. FIG. 36C is a diagram showing the display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display of FIG. 36B. FIG. 36 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the second variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 36 (C).
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 36, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, in the block BL13, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see dotted arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (Block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (A), the MPU 102 displays the game "2 high-speed and 2 high-rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to stay in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, supports the low probability mode and the low frequency as shown in FIG. The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 36 (B), since the remainder of the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb is two including one in the second variation display, the second suspension lamp 49b The number of lights on is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 36C, the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (D), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, so in the example of FIG. 36, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is two rotations. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is three or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition process switches from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, and then the second result display area reserve area Rb. Functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the internal lottery result associated with the hold information stored in Do.
In other words, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, the gaming state transition processing is triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the lower operation opening 37 The most advantageous gaming state transition means to shift the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed. Act as.

  In the present embodiment, the game state transition process is performed by switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process, and then entering the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 The game state is transferred to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the Based on other conditions, the gaming state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. In short, when the game state transition process is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 The gaming state may be transitioned to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode based on a combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term frequent support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing are switched to the high probability mode when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Triggered by notification of a result of an internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in the present embodiment) of suspension information smaller than the number of suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb Switch from high probability mode to low probability mode. Therefore, by the time the notification rate of the high probability mode is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb, There is a probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high probability mode has a probability of winning a lottery of 1/3 within 3 turns.

  On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning a 1/3 lottery within 3 revolutions and the probability of winning a 1/30 lottery within the remaining 31 revolutions. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.

  In the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode plays more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode The gaming state is advantageous for the player, but may be advantageous for the player by setting other conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the first holding lamp unit is not lighted.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 37, is a "big hit" (see the solid arrow in the figure) and a "presence of a big hit" when it has digested the prescribed game times (see the dotted arrow in the figure). Change the lottery mode and support mode to).
FIG. 37 shows the high probability mode (high probability) and the low probability mode (low probability) in the lottery mode, the high frequency support mode (high frequency) and the low frequency support mode (low frequency), and the high support mode Blocks BL21 to BL26 show the number of rotations of the game times staying in the probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device at the transition of the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the first holding lamp unit is not lighted, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit. Specifically, FIG. 38 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode when the second holding lamp unit is not turned on. is there. FIG. 38B is a diagram showing the display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 38A. FIG. 38C is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 38B. FIG. 38D is a diagram showing the display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of FIG. 38C. FIG. 38E is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 38D.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 37 and FIG. 38, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 38A, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 38A, the number of lighting of the first holding lamp unit 49a is zero.

In the block BL21, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 38 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is in the block BL21 when the “first advantage result” is not obtained in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

After that, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 22, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn after high accuracy" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.
In FIG. 38C, in the opening / closing execution mode of FIG. 38B, since the gaming ball did not win a prize in the upper operation opening 36, the number of lighting of the first storage lamp portion 49a is 0. ing.

In the block BL22, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 38D, the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 38 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL22, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL21 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL22 (see dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL23). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL23, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. In other words, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are disposed in the same path. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 38E, since the gaming ball did not win the upper operation opening 36 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode and in the opening / closing execution mode of FIG. 38D, the first storage lamp portion 49a The number of lights on is 0. In addition, the number of lighting of the second holding lamp unit 49b is four, which is the maximum.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

  The MPU 102, in block BL23, when the hold information stored in the second result display unit reserve area Rb remains based on the game ball winning in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL23, as shown in FIG. 38 (E), the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state.

FIG. 39 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode when the “most favorable result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first hold lamp unit, and the second hold It is a figure which shows a lamp | ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 39 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the case where the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second change display of the first rotation after the process shifts to the block BL23. FIG. 39 (B) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the second variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 39 (A).
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 37 and FIG. 39, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  In the block BL23, when the second variable display results in the "most favorable result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 39 (A), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL24). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL24, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 39 (B), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL24 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL24 (see the solid arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10, in block BL24, does not become a "big hit" in the first variation display or the second variation display, when 34 rounds of gaming rounds are digested (see dotted arrow in the figure). Is transferred to block BL21.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" in the special game state of the block BL23 (see the solid arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
The probability of winning the second variation display in the special game state during the short-term frequent support mode stay is 1/3.

FIG. 40 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode in the case where the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp unit, and the second It is a figure showing a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 40 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the case where it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display of the first rotation after the process shifts to the block BL23. FIG. 40 (B) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the case where the game rotation of two rotations is digested without the “most advantageous result”. FIG.40 (C) is a figure which shows the display screen G at the time of becoming "the most advantageous result" by the 2nd fluctuation display of FIG. 40 (B). FIG. 40 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the second variation display in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 40 (C).
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 37 and FIG. 40, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  In the block BL23, when the second variable display does not produce the “most favorable result” (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode as shown in FIG. (Block BL25). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 25, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (A), the MPU 102 displays the game “high accuracy middle 2 turns later” on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to stay in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the case where the pachinko machine 10 in the block BL25 consumes 2 rounds of game play without becoming a "big hit" (see the dotted arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 33, the low probability mode and low frequency support The mode is set (block BL26). In block BL26, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is being performed In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL26, as shown in FIG. 40 (B), the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 40 (B), since the remainder of the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb is two including one in the second variation display, the second suspension lamp 49b The number of lights on is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL22 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL25 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL26, when the second variable display results in the "most favorable result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 40 (C), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL24). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL24, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (D), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” on the right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL24 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL24 (see the solid arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not achieve the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL26 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing) or in the block BL24 as the first variation display or the second variation display. If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without becoming a "big hit" in the variable display (see dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL21.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the “most advantageous result” (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL26. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 38E, the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, so in the example of FIG. 40, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is two rotations. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 40, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special gaming state of the block BL26 unless the number of lighting of the second holding lamp unit 49b is three or more during the short-term frequent support mode.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the first holding lamp unit 49a is not lighted, the gaming state transition processing is switched to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, The game state in the long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the internal lottery result associated with the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb for the first time It functions as the most advantageous game state transition means to shift the.

  Here, as described above, since the high probability mode executes the internal lottery of the winning probability higher than the low probability mode, the internal lottery of the second or later predetermined number of holding information is performed in the high probability mode. When the result is notified, the winning probability becomes high (block BL25), and when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining hold information is notified in the subsequent low probability mode, the winning probability becomes low (block BL26) ). Further, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information in the high probability mode is notified, the winning probability becomes high (block BL23). According to this, the player is expected to be most elected when being notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information in the high probability mode.

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The game state transition process is executed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, triggered by the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 When the player has won the internal lottery result, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching to the high probability mode The high probability mode is switched to the low probability mode upon notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information in the high probability mode, the player expects non-winning, and the remaining holding information in the low probability mode thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 holds a plurality of hold results stored in the first result display holding area Ra, the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of hold information stored in the second result display holding area Rb. Since the notification is given priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, the second result display area Rb reserve area regardless of whether or not the hold information is stored in the first result display area Ra. The priority can be given to the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of holding information stored in the. Therefore, since the player only pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37, the pachinko machine 10 pays the player's attention to the game It can be improved.

(4) Since the high probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than the low probability mode, the winning probability is notified when the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information is notified in the high probability mode The probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining hold information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, so the player is allowed to enter the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a result of the internal lottery executed. I will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(6) The upper actuation opening 36 and the lower actuation opening 37 are disposed in the same path, so that the player can fire the gaming ball in the same path to achieve the upper actuation opening 36 and the lower actuation opening 37. Can enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can make a player play a game comfortably.

(7) When the game state transition processing is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37 Based on the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 or the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 And the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(8) When the first holding lamp unit 49a is not turned on, the gaming state transition processing is first switched to the high probability mode after transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and change end processing, and then the second result is displayed If the result of the internal lottery associated with the holding information stored in the department holding area Rb is won, or after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37, the gaming state changes to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. Migrate According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(9) When the first holding lamp unit 49a is not turned on, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are stored in the second result display unit holding area Rb after switching to the high probability mode. Switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode is triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the second and subsequent predetermined numbers of holding information in the high probability mode, the player expects non-winning, and in the subsequent low probability mode If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining suspension information, or when you are notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first suspension information in the high probability mode, winning will be expected. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Second Embodiment
Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 41 is a front view of the game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the gaming board 31 includes the first holding lamp unit 49a. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the gaming board 31A is different from the first embodiment in that the gaming board 31A is not provided with the first holding lamp unit 49a.
In the description of the game board 31A, components having the same functions as those of the first embodiment and different in shape and arrangement will be described with the same reference numerals.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a which opens upward to allow game balls to flow down the gaming area, an opening / closing door 38b for opening / closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening / closing door 38b. And a variable winning drive unit 38c.
It should be noted that the player strikes the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 27 at the maximum and strikes the reaching position of the gaming ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed. By shifting to the side, the game balls can be guided to the variable winning device 38 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like (right-handed route).

  Here, the game board 31A is a first path (left-handed route) which is easy to generate game balls into the upper operating port 36 and is hard to generate game balls into the lower operating port 37; A second path (right-handed route) is provided that is easy to generate game balls into the lower operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36.

Here, the game board 31A is provided with a cover 381 provided to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 is provided with a transparent portion 381 a formed to be transparent (or translucent) to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque formed on the periphery of the transparent portion 381 a. And a unit 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21.

  The special winning opening 38a is provided at an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the special winning opening 38a includes the detection sensor 40d that detects the entry of the game ball. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of winning balls based on the detection result.

The open / close door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31A so as to close the opening of the large winning opening 38a. The open / close door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31A, thereby closing the opening of the big winning opening 38a and retracting toward the inside of the game board 31A. By being buried in 31A, the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened.
The variable prize drive unit 38c sets the open / close door 38b in either the open state or the closed state by driving the open / close door 38b.

Specifically, the open / close door 38b is normally set in a closed state where the game ball can not win. Then, in the internal lottery, when the transition to the open / close execution mode is won and the open / close execution mode is shifted, the open / close door 38b is set in the open state where the gaming ball can win.
The open / close execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the open / close door 38b is set to the open state, and the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state, the process until it is set in the close state again is referred to as one round game.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a symbol that is a kind of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 48 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 47. The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered by the fall of the game ball. It is a structure.

The symbol display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 47 starts variable display of symbols based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. That is, when the symbol display device 47 executes the fluctuation display on the first result display unit 45 a of the main display unit 45 and the fluctuation display on the second result display unit 45 b of the main display unit 45 The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be another display device such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

  The center frame 48 includes a second holding lamp portion 49 b provided in the lower right area of the symbol display device 47 and a third holding lamp portion 49 c provided in the upper region of the symbol display device 47. .

The second holding lamp unit 49b is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won in the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The second holding lamp unit 49 b can hold up to four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45 b and the symbol display device 47.
The third holding lamp unit 49c is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won on each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The third holding lamp unit 49c can hold a maximum of four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the character display unit 46.
In addition, each storage lamp | ramp part 49b, 49c may be another structure of being displayed as an image etc. on a part of symbol display apparatus 47 mentioned later.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery at MPU 62 of main controller 60>
FIG. 42 shows the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big hit random number counter C1 for the big hit lottery, and when the big hit is generated, uses the big hit type counter C2 for the big hit type lottery and whether the reach indication is generated or not Use the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the motorized combination release counter C4 in the drawing of whether or not the motorized combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37 is to be opened. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball is won in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Are stored in a holding ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as an acquisition information storage unit. In addition, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the motorized product release counter C4 is stored in the hold combination area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins each through gate 41. Be done.

  The storage ball storage area 64b includes a first result display area reserve area Ra, a second result display area reserve area Rb, and an execution area AE.

  The first result display unit storage area Ra provided as the first ball storage unit storage unit includes one storage area. The first result display unit reserve area Ra is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets a combination of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information to the hold area Ra for the first result display unit in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36. Store.

  The second result display unit storage area Rb provided as the second ball storage unit storage means includes four storage areas of a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets combinations of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information according to winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37 in time series in each area Rb1 to Rb4. I will store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the holding information in the order of the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4 when winning in the lower operation opening 37 occurs a plurality of times consecutively. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display unit holding area Rb includes four storage areas, the winning of game balls to the lower operation opening 37 is held up to a maximum of four. In addition, the second result display unit reserved area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reserved units stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of holdings related to the lower operation opening 37 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is single. May be

  When the execution area AE starts variable display of each result display unit 45a, 45b, the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit reserved area Ra or the second result display unit reserved area Rb Area to move the

The electric wave holding area 64c is provided with four storage areas in the same manner as the first result display area holding area Ra and the second result display area holding area Rb. Further, similar to the holding ball storage area 64b, the electric power holding area 64c includes an electric power execution area (not shown). Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four at maximum.
In addition, the number of holdings for each through gate 41 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. May be

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the winning processing for the operation opening and the game number control processing are different from those in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the winning process for the operation opening and the game number control process in the present embodiment will be described.

<Prize process for operation port>
FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the operation opening.
In the winning process for the operation opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S208A as shown in FIG.

  In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper operation port 36 has detected a winning of the gaming ball, thereby determining whether the gaming ball has won (start winning) in the upper operation port 36. Determine if If the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, in step S208A, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. A set of values of the random number counter C3 is stored as hold information in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball is not winning in the upper operation opening 36 in step S201, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operation opening 37 in step S203 wins the game ball It is determined whether or not the gaming ball has won a prize (start prize) in the lower operation opening 37 by determining whether or not the player has detected the
If the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has not won in the lower operation opening 37, the winning process for the operation opening ends. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37, it grasps the number of reservations stored in the second result display area Rb in step S204. The pending count is set as a second start pending storage number RbN in a predetermined storage area in the second result display area pending area Rb.

In step S205A, the MPU 62 determines whether the second start suspension storage number RbN set in step S204 is less than the upper limit (4 in the present embodiment).
If the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start pending storage number RbN is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening. If the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start pending storage number RbN is less than the upper limit value, it adds 1 to the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in step S206A to update it. .

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores the sets of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process in the free storage area for the second result display area reserve In the first storage area of the area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start suspension storage number RbN updated in step S206, it is stored as suspension information.
For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the second start pending storage number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 is a storage area corresponding to “4” of the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the second hold lamp unit 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.
The sound emission control device 90 lights the second hold lamp unit 49 b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of reserved game balls that have won in the lower operation opening 37 is four at maximum, and the second holding lamp unit 49b lights up by the number corresponding to the number of holdings.

<Game times control processing>
FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game number control process.
In the game number control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. If the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in effect at step S501, the game play control process is ended without executing the process at step S502 and subsequent steps. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progression of the game run regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each operation port 36, 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, and clears the open / close execution mode flag when the open / close execution mode ends.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress in step S501, whether or not the main display unit 45 is in a variable display mode in step S502, ie, the game is in progress. It is determined whether or not.
When it is determined in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is not displaying the change display, the MPU 62 executes the game start processing of steps S503A to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is in the variable display mode, the MPU 62 executes the game times progression process of steps S510A to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game at steps S503A to S505 will be described.
In step S503A, the MPU 62 determines whether or not hold information is stored in the first result display unit reserved area Ra or the second result display unit reserved area Rb. When the MPU 62 determines that the hold information is not stored in the first result display area holding area Ra or the second result display area holding area Rb in step S503A, the game time control process is ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information is stored in the first result display unit reserved area Ra or the second result display unit reserved area Rb in step S503A, in step S504A, A data setting process is performed to set the hold information stored in the first result display unit holding area Ra or the second result display unit holding area Rb for the game game digest. Thereafter, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display to execute change start processing for digesting the game play, and ends the game play control processing.
Hereinafter, the data setting process of step S504A will be described in detail.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether the second start storage number RbN for the second result display area reserve area Rb set in step S204 of the winning process for the operation opening is less than or equal to "0". Do. If the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes data setting processing for the first result display unit in steps S603 and S605, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 is executed.

As described above, the data setting process sets the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit for digesting the game time, and the data setting process for the first result display unit, and the second result display unit. It has a data setting process for the 2nd result display part which sets up reserve information memorized by reserve area Rb for reserve for game sequence digestion.
Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not "0" or less, the second result display unit is performed without executing the data setting process for the first result display unit. Execute data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the hold information stored in the second result display unit holding area Rb based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the MPU 62 receives the upper operation opening 36. Regardless of whether or not there is hold information stored in the first result display section holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball, the priority information is preferentially played on the hold information stored in the second result display section holding area Rb. Set for digestion of times.

First, data setting processing for the first result display unit in steps S603 and S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first result display unit holding area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. This second result display unit flag is a flag for specifying which main display unit 45 of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b is to start the variable display at the time of the game round It is. In this step S605, since the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag, the variation display is displayed on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 when the game time is consumed. To start (1st variation display).

Next, data setting processing for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S 607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN of the second result display area pending area Rb and updates the value.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display area reserve area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process of shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the second result display unit holding area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 toward the first area Rb1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the hold information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

  In step S610, the MPU 62 sets a second result display unit flag in the RAM 64. In this step S610, since the MPU 62 sets the second result display unit flag, the second result display unit 45b is variably displayed based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37 when the game time is consumed. Indicates that the second variable display is to be started.

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been performed, transmits the set second shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. Finish. This second shift command is a voice emission that the shift of the hold information is executed for the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37 It includes information for causing the controller 90 to recognize.
The sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp unit 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b in accordance with the decrease in the number of reserved game balls that have won in the lower operation opening 37.

Returning to the explanation of the game number control process, the game number progressing process of steps S510A to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is displaying a change, and if it is determined that the main display unit 45 displays a change, the game times for steps S510A to S509 are advanced. Execute the process

  In step S510A, the MPU 62 clears the hold information stored in the first result display unit holding area Ra. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is displaying a change, the hold information is not stored in the first result display unit reserved area Ra.

  In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether the display duration time set in step S716 of the change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, it performs the variable display process in step S507. In the variable display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the fluctuation end process in step S508. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in any one of step S710, step S713, and step S715 of the variation start process executed when causing the main display unit 45 to start the variation display (main The information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the display unit 45 as a stop is specified. Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display unit 45 during the fluctuation display when the game is over (variation end execution processing).

Here, the symbols to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45 are different for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game arcade or the like can check the game result by visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of the game play. According to this, the manager of the game arcade, etc., for example, simply confirms whether or not the cheating attempt is made to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the same behavior as in the case of winning the jackpot occurrence lottery. Can be done.
Further, the main display unit 45 has a narrow display area as compared with the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, and the symbols displayed on the main display unit 45 as the stop display are made to stop display on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, when the game is over, the player checks not the main display unit 45 but the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to determine whether or not the jackpot has been won, and so on. The degree of attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a change end command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.
In addition, the sound emission control apparatus 90 performs the process for ending the presentation of the game time based on the change end command transmitted from MPU62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to end the effects of the game play independently without requiring the reception of the change end command.

  According to the present embodiment, as in the case where the first holding lamp unit 49a in the first embodiment is not lighted, the gaming state transition processing is the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. A long-term, high-frequency support mode advantageous to the player when the player switches to the high probability mode and wins the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb first. It functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means which shifts the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state).

  Here, as described above, since the high probability mode executes the internal lottery of the winning probability higher than the low probability mode, the internal lottery of the second or later predetermined number of holding information is performed in the high probability mode. When the result is notified, the winning probability becomes high (block BL25), and when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining hold information is notified in the subsequent low probability mode, the winning probability becomes low (block BL26) ). Further, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information in the high probability mode is notified, the winning probability becomes high (block BL23). According to this, the player is expected to be most elected when being notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information in the high probability mode.

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The game state transition process is executed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, triggered by the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 When the player has won the internal lottery result, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching to the high probability mode The high probability mode is switched to the low probability mode upon notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information in the high probability mode, the player expects non-winning, and the remaining holding information in the low probability mode thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) Since the high probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than the low probability mode, the winning probability is notified when the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information is notified in the high probability mode The probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining hold information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(4) The continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, so the player is prompted by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. I will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The player can make it easy to generate the ball into the upper operation opening 36 by firing the game ball on the left-handed route, and by firing the game ball on the right-handed route , It can be made easy to generate the ball of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player comfortably play the game.

(6) When the game state transition processing is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37 Based on the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 or the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 And the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(7) The game state transition process is associated with the hold information initially stored in the second result display area Rb after switching to the high probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening / closing execution mode and the variation end processing when the result of the selected internal lottery is won. When the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger is won, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(8) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching to the high probability mode The high probability mode is switched to the low probability mode upon notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the second and subsequent predetermined numbers of holding information in the high probability mode, the player expects non-winning, and in the subsequent low probability mode If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining suspension information, or when you are notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first suspension information in the high probability mode, winning will be expected. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Third Embodiment
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 46 is a front view of the game board according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the through gates 41 provided on the central left side and the central right side, respectively.
On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the gaming board 31B is different from the first embodiment in that the game board 31B includes one through gate 41 provided above the upper operation opening 36.

According to this embodiment, when the game ball is made to enter the through gate 41 in order to set the motorized character 37a in the open state, the game ball is made to enter the upper operation opening 36 without fail. The situation is the same as in the case where the first holding lamp unit 49a in the first embodiment is turned on.
Specifically, the gaming state transition processing is stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. It functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means for shifting the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the holding information.
In other words, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, the gaming state transition processing is triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the lower operation opening 37 The most advantageous gaming state transition means to shift the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed. Act as.

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The game state transition process is executed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, triggered by the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 When the player has won the internal lottery result, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching to the high probability mode The high probability mode is switched to the low probability mode upon notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information in the high probability mode, the player expects non-winning, and the remaining holding information in the low probability mode thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 holds a plurality of hold results stored in the first result display holding area Ra, the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of hold information stored in the second result display holding area Rb. Since the notification is given priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, the second result display area Rb reserve area regardless of whether or not the hold information is stored in the first result display area Ra. The priority can be given to the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of holding information stored in the. Therefore, since the player only pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37, the pachinko machine 10 pays the player's attention to the game It can be improved.

(4) Since the high probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than the low probability mode, the winning probability is notified when the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information is notified in the high probability mode The probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining hold information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, so the player is allowed to enter the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a result of the internal lottery executed. I will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(6) The upper actuation opening 36 and the lower actuation opening 37 are disposed in the same path, so that the player can fire the gaming ball in the same path to achieve the upper actuation opening 36 and the lower actuation opening 37. Can enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can make a player play a game comfortably.

(7) When the game state transition processing is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37 Based on the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode, the gaming state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 or the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 And the combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Fourth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the first support mode setting process and the electronic combination change end process are different from those in the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the first support mode setting process and the electronic combination fluctuation end process in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the acceptance lottery mode is the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C, and in step S1501 the acceptance lottery mode. If it is determined that the mode is not the high probability mode, the first support mode setting process for the low probability mode of steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets “0” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S1502 (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the high frequency support flag in step S1505. Is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1506, the MPU 62 sets “1” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term frequent support mode command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62.

In step S1513C, the MPU 62 executes setting processing of the special electronic wave release time. In the setting process of the special electric wave open time, the MPU 62 determines whether the distribution result is the “most advantageous result”.
When the MPU 62 determines that the distribution result is “the most advantageous result” in step S1513C, the MPU 62 sets a special electronic combination release time flag in the RAM 64.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is not the “most favorable result” (the distribution result is “the explicit small round high probability result” or the “invisible small round high probability result” If it is determined that there is any), the special electronic part release time flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared. The special electronic combination release time flag is a flag for specifying that the special electronic combination open execution process is to be executed. The special electric wave release execution process will be described in detail later.

  After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1513C, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting process for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1510, the MPU 62 sets "34" to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S1508 (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), it is stored in the RAM 64 in step S1511. Clear the frequent support flag. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
In step S1512, the MPU 62 sets “0” to the value of the game number counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electronic combination fluctuation end process.
In the electronic combination fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S 1801, the information stored in the RAM 64 in the process of step S 1006 or step S 1007 of the electric combination change start process performed when starting the variable display on the character display area 46 (finally to the character display area 46 Identify the information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character display portion 46 so as to display the symbol corresponding to the specified information on the character display portion 46 in the variable display at the end of the electronic combination game cycle ( Electronic wave fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electronic combination result is “electronic combination open winning”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric-incorporation status result is not "electronic-part opening winning", the MPU 62 ends the electronic-pricing fluctuation end process without executing the processing in step S1803 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electronic-incorporation status result is "electronic-part opening winning", it determines in step S1803 whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. Do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, it determines in step S1806C whether or not the special electric circuit release time flag is set in the RAM 64.
If it is determined in step S1806C that the special electronic part release time flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 sets a special electronic part release execution command in step S1807C. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits, to the sound emission control apparatus 90, the special electronic trade open command set in step S1807C.
Note that the sound emission control apparatus 90 executes a predetermined process based on the special electronic commercial product release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.
In step S1808C, the MPU 62 executes a special electronic wave release execution process. In the special electric symbol opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening / closing process of the electric character 37a by executing the drive control of the electric character article drive unit 37b.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1806C that the special electronic part release time flag is not set in the RAM 64, it executes the high-frequency electronic part release execution process in step S1804. In the high-frequency electronic combination release execution process, the MPU 62 executes the open / close process of the electric combination 37a by executing the drive control of the electric combination drive 37b.
After executing the special electronic trader opening execution process of step S1808C or the high-frequency electronic wave union release execution process of step S1804, the MPU 62 ends the electronic wave fluctuation end process.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), in step S1805 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electronic combination release execution processing, the MPU 62 executes the opening / closing processing of the electric combination 37a by executing the drive control of the combination detection part 37b. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electronic combination fluctuation end process.

  Here, compared to the low frequency electronic combination release execution process, the high frequency electronic combination release execution process has many times of setting the electric combination 37a in the open state when the electric combination open lottery is won. The opening time for setting the motorized jack 37a in the open state is also long. Further, in the high-frequency electric utility player release execution process, the closing time for setting the motorized accessory 37a in the closed state is shorter than the one open time during each open operation in the one electronic worker open state. ing.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 as compared to the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the gaming ball has a higher probability of winning in the upper actuation opening 36 than the lower actuation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36.
Then, when a prize in the lower operation opening 37 is detected, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, so in the high frequency support mode, the player plays the game while not reducing the number of gaming balls very much. It can be carried out.

In addition, the special electric wave release execution process, compared with the high frequency electronic wave combination open execution process, when winning the electric combination open lottery, the number of times to set the electric combination 37a to the open state is many, electric combination One open time for setting the object 37a in the open state is also long. Specifically, the open time of the special electric wave open processing is set to 5 seconds (long-term electric wave open time). In addition, the open time of the high frequency electric utility opener execution processing is set to 2 seconds (short-term electric opener time). Further, in the special electric wave opening execution process, the closing time for setting the motorized accessory 37a in the closing state is shorter than the one opening time during the opening each time in the electric wave opening state. .
Therefore, in the special electronic trader opening execution process, the gaming ball is more easily winning in the lower operation opening 37 as compared to the high frequency commercial electric wave combination open execution processing.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect determination process is different from the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described.

<About the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute effects for game use, effects for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, steps S2101 to S2116 are executed substantially as in the third embodiment. The present embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes steps S2117C to 2119C before executing step S2116, as shown in FIG.

In step S2117C, the MPU 92 determines whether the special electronic part release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2117C that the special electronic trade open command has been received, the MPU 92 executes a special electronic trade open notice process in step S2118C. In the special electronic trader opening notification process, the MPU 92 determines the notification of the special electronic trader opening.
Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the determination of the notification of the special electronic combination release.

  In step S2119C, a special electronic part release informing command relating to the notification of special electronic part open determined in the special electronic part release informing process in step S2118C is set. Then, the MPU 92 stores the special electric wave release notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The special electronic trader opening notification command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for executing the special electronic part release informing effect on the symbol display device 47 based on the special electronic part release informing command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes a special electronic trader opening notification effect.

  After executing the process of step S2119C, or when determining that the special electronic trade open command has not been received at step S2117C, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2116 and the subsequent steps as in the third embodiment. Do.

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 50 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the “most favorable result” when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first hold lamp unit, and the second hold. It is a figure which shows a lamp | ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 50 (A) shows the display screen G in the first variation display in the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode when the second holding lamp unit is not lit. is there. FIG. 50 (B) is a view showing a display screen G in the case where the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 50 (A). FIG. 50 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 50 (B). FIG. 50 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of FIG. 50 (C). FIG. 50 (E) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 50 (D).
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 50, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 50 (A), the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 50A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 50 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 50 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variable display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 50 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 50 (E), the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a and the second holding lamp unit 49b is four.

Further, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is the “most favorable result”, the block 102 executes the special electronic part release notification process in step S2118C. On the basis of the contents of the special electronic part release informing command transmitted from the terminal, the special electronic part no open part effect is executed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50 (E), the MPU 102 displays the "long open !!" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the long- It notifies that it is set to high frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is similar to that of the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

FIG. 51 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode, the first hold lamp unit, and the first reserve lamp portion in the case of the “explicit small round high probability result” when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is a figure which shows a 2nd holding | maintenance ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 51 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode when the second holding lamp unit is not lit. is there. FIG. 51 (B) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the case where the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 51 (A). FIG. 51C is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 51B. FIG. 51 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G in the case where “the result of the“ clarified small round high probability ”is obtained in the first change display of FIG. FIG. 51E is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode after FIG. 51D.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 51, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 51 (A), the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 51A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 51 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, in the case where the first variable display results in the “explicit small round high probability result” (refer to the solid line arrow in the drawing), as shown in FIG. The special symbol combination (for example, "3.4.1") is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 51 (D) shows the case in which the first variable display of the first rotation shows the “clarified small round high probability result” after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device. In the upper left of the display screen G of 47, "2 high and middle 2 turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 51 (E), the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp 49a is four. Further, the number of lighting of the second holding lamp unit 49b is two.

Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the distribution result is not the “most favorable result” in step S1513C (determines that the distribution result is the “explicit small round high probability result” or the “invisible small round high probability result”. In the case where the special electronic wave release notification process is not executed in step S2118C in block BL13), the MPU 102 does not execute the special electronic wave release notification effect. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51 (E), the MPU 102 does not display "Long open !!" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the short circuit It notifies that it is set to high frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is similar to that of the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

As described above, in the present embodiment, the high frequency support mode is a high frequency support mode of the short-term electric pole opening time in which the game balls flowing down the game area can temporarily enter the ball. And, while making it possible to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area, the high frequency of the long-term battery opening time which enables the user to enter more gaming balls than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term battery opening time. And a support mode (second ball entry possible state).
In addition, the high frequency support mode of the long-term open circuit opening time has more games than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open circuit opening time by setting the duration longer than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open circuit opening time. It is possible to enter the ball.

  In the present embodiment, the high-frequency support mode for the long-term battery opening time is set to have a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode for the short-term battery opening time. Although it is possible to enter more game balls than in the game, for example, by increasing the number of times the electric character 37a is set to the open state, more game balls than in the high-frequency support mode of the short-term battery opening time It may be possible to enter the ball. In short, in the second ball entry possible state, it is sufficient to make the game balls capable of entering more game balls than the first ball entry possible state.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end process are switched to the high probability mode and then the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. The lower operating opening 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short circuit opening time or the high frequency support mode of the long time opening time based on the.
Specifically, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end processing are performed as a result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the upper operation port 36 as the “explicit small round high probability result” or When the "invisible small round high probability result" (the first winning result) is obtained, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short-term electric wave opening time, and "the most advantageous result" When it becomes (the second winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the long-term electric power opening time.

  In the present embodiment, the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end process are performed when the game ball is entered into the upper operation port 36 as a result of the internal lottery. If the result is “invisible small round high probability result”, switch to the high frequency support mode of short-term duty open time, and if it becomes “the most advantageous result”, high frequency support for long term open time Although the mode is switched to, the high-frequency support mode of the short-circuit open time may be switched to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time based on the result of other internal lottery. In short, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end processing are based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger, the lower operation opening 37 in low frequency support mode , And may be switched to the high frequency support mode of the short circuit opening time or the high frequency support mode of the long time opening time.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operations and effects as the third embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(8) Transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and fluctuation end processing, after switching to the high probability mode, change the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode or the long-term power supply opening Switch to high frequency support mode of time. In addition, the game state transition process is a long-term advantage for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Transition the gaming state to high frequency support mode. According to this, the player is expected to be switched to the high-frequency support mode in the long-term electric power company open time in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the open / close execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(9) The high-frequency support mode for long-term open-circuit time is more than the high-frequency support mode for short-term open-circuit time by setting the duration longer than the high-frequency support mode for short-term open-circuit time Since the game balls can be entered, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the high frequency support mode of the short circuit opening time and the high frequency support mode of the long time opening time.
(10) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing support the lower operation opening 37 at a low frequency based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. Since the mode is switched from the mode to the high-frequency support mode of the short-circuit open time or the high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time, the player performs the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. Pay attention to the results of Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(11) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end processing are performed as follows: The result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 as a trigger is In the case where it is an explicit small round high certainty result "(the first winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short-term opening time, and the" most advantageous result " In the case of 2 winning results), since the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the long-term electronic door opening time, the player becomes the "most advantageous result" and the open / close execution mode It is expected to be switched to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term electric power company open time in the transition processing at the end and the fluctuation end processing. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

In the present embodiment, the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process are switched to the high probability mode, and then the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. Based on the lower operation port 37, the low frequency support mode is switched to the high frequency support mode of the short circuit open time or the high frequency support mode of the long open time.
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are sound emission when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 as a trigger is won Based on the content (for example, the type of reach display) of the expected effect performed by the control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is changed from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode You may switch to the high frequency support mode of the long-term open circuit opening time.

Specifically, for example, the contents of the expected effects to be executed by the sound emission control apparatus 90 and the display control apparatus 100 are different from the first reach display (first expected effect) and the first reach display. 2 and the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are performed when the first reach display is executed by the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100. When the second reach display is performed by switching from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short-term electric power opening time, and the second reach display is performed in the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is in the low frequency support mode And may be switched to the high frequency support mode of the long-term open circuit opening time.
As described above, in the present modification, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 set the open / close execution mode based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 as a trigger. It functions as an expected effect execution means for executing an expected effect that causes the player to expect to shift the gaming state.
In the present modification, the content of the expected effect is the type of the reach display, but it may be the expectation of the reach display, or may be the content of the other expected effects such as the type of the preliminary display.

According to such a modification, in place of (10) and (11) in the fourth embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(12) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the variation end processing are performed when the voice emission control device 90 is selected when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 as a trigger. The lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode for the short-term opening time or the high-frequency support mode for the long-term opening time based on the content of the expected effect performed by the display control device 100 Therefore, the player pays attention to the contents of the expected effects performed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(13) The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are performed from the low frequency support mode when the first reach display is executed by the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100. When the second reach display is performed by switching to the high frequency support mode of the short-term electric wire opening time and executing the second reach display in the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is opened from the low frequency support mode Switch to high frequency support mode of time. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger, the second one is received from the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100. It is expected that the reach display will be performed and switching to the high frequency support mode of the long-term electric power company open time will be performed by the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the open / close execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Fifth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the third embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 lights the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 to notify the player of the occurrence of holding. It was
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 lights the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62, and The third embodiment differs from the third embodiment in that a holding pattern is displayed on the display screen G and the occurrence of the holding is notified to the player.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the winning process for the operation opening is different from that of the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the winning process for the operation opening in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 52 is a view showing a flowchart of winning processing for an operating opening according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In the winning process for the operation opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S212D as shown in FIG. The present embodiment is different from the third embodiment in that the MPU 62 executes the process of step S208 D and the subsequent processes after executing the process of step S207.

In step S208D, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the lottery mode is the high probability mode when the variable display based on the holding information stored in the storage area corresponding to the start pending storage number N updated in step S206 is started. Do.
Specifically, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display area Rb, and proceeds to step S206. When the variable display based on the pending information stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated start pending storage number N is started, it is predicted and determined whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode.

  In the present embodiment, the high probability mode continues until the game times of 3 times which is the reference number of terminations set in the high probability number counter STC are consumed, so the MPU 62 suspends the start updated in step S206. In 3 revolutions before starting the variable display based on the storage information stored in the storage area corresponding to the storage number N, when the result of the acceptance is "big hit", it is determined that the probability drawing mode is the high probability mode If the success or failure result is not "big hit", it is not determined that the success lottery mode is the high probability mode (determined that the success lottery mode is the low probability mode).

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S208D that the acceptance lottery mode is not the high probability mode, in step S209D, the acceptance table for the low probability mode (see FIG. 7A) is read from the acceptance table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. When it is determined in step S208D that the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S210D, the high probability table (see FIG. 7B) for the high probability mode is read from the winning table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. read out.

  After executing the process of step S209D or step S210D, the MPU 62 executes a yes / no determination process in step S211D. In this success / failure determination process, the MPU 62 determines the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first storage area of the free storage areas for the result display area in step S207 and the success or failure read in step S209D or step S210D. By comparing the table with the table, the result (the result of the result) of the winning lottery is determined. As described above, the success or failure result is any of the "big hit", the "special outlier", and the "normal outlier", and the high probability mode is obtained even if the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode. The same is true.

In step S212D, when the first start storage reserve number RaN is set in step S202, the MPU 62 recognizes that storage information is stored in the storage area for the first result display storage area Ra. (1) Set a hold generation command, and transmit the set first hold generation command to the voice emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.
The first hold generation command causes the voice light emission control device 90 to recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36. And information related to the result of the pass / fail. In other words, the first hold generation command includes, as information related to the pass / fail result, each piece of information related to the “big hit”, the “special outfall result”, and the “normal outfall result”.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process in addition to lighting the first hold lamp unit 49 a based on the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later. Further, as described above, the number of pending game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36 is a maximum of four, and the number of the first holding lamp unit 49a lights corresponding to the number of holdings.

Further, in step S212D, when the second start pending storage number RbN is set in step S204, the MPU 62 recognizes that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. The second hold generation command is set, and the set second hold generation command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.
The second hold generation command causes the voice light emission control device 90 to recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the second result display holding area Rb based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37. And information related to the result of the pass / fail. In other words, the second hold generation command includes, as information related to the pass / fail result, each piece of information related to the “big hit”, the “special outfall result”, and the “normal outcoming result”.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process in addition to lighting the second hold lamp unit 49 b based on the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later. Further, as described above, the maximum number of reserved game balls that have won in the lower operation opening 37 is four at maximum, and the second holding lamp unit 49b lights up by the number corresponding to the number of holdings.

<Electric Configuration of Audio Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 53 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the sound emission control apparatus and the display control apparatus.
The present embodiment differs from the third embodiment in that the sound emission control apparatus 90 includes a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D instead of the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG.
Specifically, the audio light emission control device 90 includes an audio light emission control substrate 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the audio light emission control substrate 91, and a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93D and the RAM 94D are combined into a chip.

The ROM 93D is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information. The ROM 93D has various areas such as a lottery table storage area 93a and an expectation table storage area 93b. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 94D is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93D is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when holding the stored information. It is. The RAM 94D has various areas such as the above-described command list storage area 94a, various counter areas 94b, and sub side hold information storage area 94c. These areas will be described in detail later.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the timer interrupt process is different from that of the third embodiment. The contents of the timer interrupt process in the present embodiment will be described below.

<About the timer interrupt process executed by the voice emission control device 90>
FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 54, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2005 periodically (for example, in a cycle of 2 msec). In the present embodiment, after executing the command storage process of step S2001, the MPU 92 executes the hold determination process of step S2006D before executing the effect determination process of step S2002. It is different.

In step S2006D, the MPU 92 executes a hold determination process.
Hereinafter, the hold determination process will be described in detail.

FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the hold determination process.
In the hold determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2301D to S2304D as shown in FIG.

In step S2301D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the hold generation command (first hold generation command or second hold generation command) transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2301D that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing in step S2303D and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the hold generation command is received in step S2301D, the MPU 92 executes the hold generation process in step S2302D. In this hold generation process, the MPU 92 stores the sub hold information in the sub hold information storage area 94c based on the contents of the hold command. The pending generation process will be described in detail later.

After executing the process of step S2302D, or if it is determined in step S2301D that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2303D and subsequent steps.
In step S 2303 D, the MPU 92 determines whether the pending shift command (first shift command or second shift command) transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that the hold shift command has not been received, the MPU 92 ends the hold determination process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that the hold shift command is received, the MPU 92 executes the hold shift process in step S2304D. In this hold shift process, the MPU 92 shifts the sub hold information stored in the sub hold information storage area 94c based on the contents of the hold shift command. The hold shift process will be described in detail later. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the hold generation process.

<On hold processing>
FIG. 56 is a flowchart of the hold generation process.
In the hold generation process, as shown in FIG. 56, the MPU 92 executes steps S2401D to S2409D. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94 c based on the contents of the hold generation command.

FIG. 57 shows the contents of the sub-side hold information storage area.
As shown in FIG. 57, the sub-holding information storage area 94c includes a first sub-holding area SRa, a second sub-holding area SRb, and an execution area SAE.

  The first sub-side reserved area SRa provided as the first sub-side acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4. Each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing normal suspension information for causing normal suspension and advance notice suspension information for causing advance notice suspension. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the advance notice information for generating the advance hold will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 92 stores normal holding information or advance notice holding information as sub-side holding information in time series in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 in accordance with the reception of the first holding generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 receives sub-side hold information in the order of the first area SRa1 → second area SRa2 → third area SRa3 → fourth area SRa4. Store in chronological order.

  As described above, since the first sub-side reserved area SRa includes four storage areas, a maximum of four pieces of sub-side pending information based on the first pending generation command are pending. In addition, the first sub-side reserved area SRa includes a storage area for writing the number of holdings stored in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4.

  The second sub-side reserved area SRb provided as the second sub-side acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4. Each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing normal suspension information for causing normal suspension and advance notice suspension information for causing advance notice suspension. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the advance notice information for generating the advance hold will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 92 stores normal holding information or advance notice holding information as sub-side holding information in time series in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 in accordance with the reception of the second holding generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sub-hold information is sequentially transmitted in the order of the first area SRb1, the second area SRb2, the third area SRb3, and the fourth area SRb4. Store in chronological order.

  As described above, since the second sub-side reserved area SRb includes four storage areas, up to four sub-side pending information based on the second pending request command is to be placed on hold. Further, the second sub-side reserved area SRb includes a storage area for writing the number of holdings stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4.

  The execution area SAE is for moving the sub-side hold information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side hold area SRa or the second sub-side hold area SRb when the variable display of the symbol display device 47 is started. It is an area.

Returning to the description of the hold generation process, the processes after step S2401D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2401D, the MPU 92 determines whether the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If it is determined in step S2401D that the first hold generation command has been received, the MPU 92 grasps the number of holds stored in the first sub-side hold area SRa in step S2402D, and determines the number of holdings. The first sub-side start storage number SRaN is set in a predetermined storage area in the first sub-side storage area SRa. Thereafter, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2404D and subsequent steps.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the first hold generation command has not been received at step S2401D (when it is determined that the second hold generation command has been received), at step S2403D, The number of holdings stored in the second sub-holding area SRb is grasped, and the number of holdings is set in a predetermined storage area in the second sub-holding area SRb as the second sub-starting start storage number SRbN. Thereafter, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2404D and subsequent steps.

  After executing the processing of step S2402D or step S2403D, the MPU 92 adds 1 to the value of the sub-starting reserve storage number SN (SRaN or SRbN) and updates it in step S2404D.

In step S2405D, the MPU 92 executes a lottery process for holding a preview. In the lottery process of the advance notice suspension, the MPU 92 executes a lottery whether or not the advance notice suspension is to be generated.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate a notice hold by using the value of the notice holding occurrence counter. The advance notice pending occurrence counter is provided in various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The advance notice occurrence counter is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time the update is made, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. The notice hold occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a notice hold occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, based on the value of the notice hold occurrence counter stored in the notice hold occurrence counter buffer, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (notice hold occurrence lottery) as to whether or not notice hold should be generated. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the notice hold occurrence counter stored in the notice hold occurrence counter buffer and compares the value with the notice hold occurrence table to generate a notice hold. Run a lottery. The notice holding occurrence table is a table storing the value of the random number related to the notice holding, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93a of the ROM 93D.

In step S2406D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the advance notice generation lottery has been won in step S2405D (whether or not to generate an advance hold).
If it is determined in step S2406D that the advance notice suspension should be generated, the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension generation processing in step S2407D. In this advance notice suspension generation processing, the MPU 92 executes a process for generating a notice suspension. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the contents of the advance notice suspension generation process.
The advance notice pending generation process of step S2407D will be described in detail later.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2406D not to cause the advance notice suspension, the MPU 92 executes the normal hold generation process in step S2408D. In the normal hold generation process, the MPU 92 executes a process for generating a normal hold. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the contents of the normal hold generation process.

  Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the normal hold information in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the sub-side pending area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D.

  For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the MPU 92 updates the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side storage area SRa, that is, in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start reserve storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets “3” to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN at step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to “4” of the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN updated at step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area to be stored.

  Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the MPU 92 sets the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side storage area SRb, ie, in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start reserve storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN at step S2403D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" of the second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN updated at step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area to be stored.

  This normal hold information is information for specifying that a normal hold should occur. The normal hold information also includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reserve memory number SN updated in step S2404D.

  After executing the advance notice pending generation process of step S2407D or the normal hold occurrence process of step S2408D, the MPU 92 sets a hold display issue command in step S2409D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to generate a notice hold or a normal hold based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the notice holding pattern or the normal holding pattern, and notifies the player of the occurrence of the notice holding or the normal holding.

<Preemption hold processing>
FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice pending generation processing.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 executes the advance notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of the suspension generation process. In the advance notice suspension generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2503D as shown in FIG.

In step S2501D, the MPU 92 executes a lottery process of the anticipation hold expectation level. In the lottery process of the advance notice expectation level, the MPU 92 executes a drawing for determining the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.
Specifically, based on the content of the hold generation command (the first hold generation command or the second hold generation command) received from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing of the anticipation hold expectation.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process of the preliminary reservation expectation level.
In the lottery process of the anticipation holding anticipation degree, as shown in FIG. 59, the MPU 92 executes steps S2601D to S2606D.
In step S2601D, based on the content of the hold generation command (first hold generation command or second hold generation command) received from the MPU 62, it is determined whether the success or failure is "big hit".

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the success or failure is "big hit", it reads the notice holding expectation table for the big hit result from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D in step S2602D.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the success or failure is not "big hit", the hold generation command (first hold generation command or second hold generation command) received from the MPU 62 in step S2603D. Based on the contents of), it is determined whether the pass / fail result is the "special outlier result" or not.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", then in step S2604D, the MPU 92 reads out the notice suspension expectation degree table for the special out result from the expectation degree table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result" (when it is determined that the success or failure result is the "normal outlier result"), the MPU 92 normally deviates in step S2605D. The prediction anticipation degree table for result is read out from the expectation degree table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.

  After executing any of the processes of step S2602D, step S2604D, and step S2605D, the MPU 92 executes a notice holding expectation lottery selection execution process in step S2606D. In the preliminary holding expectation level lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a drawing for determining the degree of expectation of preliminary holding by using the value of the preliminary holding expectation level counter. Note that the preliminary suspension expectation level counter is provided in various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The preview hold expectation level counter is a loop counter that is incremented by 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The preview hold expectation level counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a preview hold count level buffer for buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (notice hold expectation degree draw) for determining the anticipation degree of the notice hold based on the value of the notice holding expectation degree counter stored in the notice holding expectation degree counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the preliminary suspension expectation level stored in the preliminary suspension expectation level buffer, and reads the value at step S2602D, step S2604D, or step S2605D. By comparing with the degree table, a lottery is performed to determine the degree of expectation of the advance notice.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern of each degree of expectation. FIG. 61 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success / failure result and the probability of occurrence of advance notice pending for each degree of expectation.
The preview pending pattern has, as shown in FIG. 60, patterns of low, medium, and high expectations associated with the pass / fail result. The pattern of each degree of expectation is held by the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100.
FIG. 60 (A) shows a low expectation advance notice holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, and FIG. 60 (B) is displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. FIG. 60 (C) shows the high expectation notice display pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47.

As shown in FIG. 60 (A), the low expectation degree previewing pattern is a pattern (first previewing pattern) in which one scallop is placed on a plate. The low anticipation hold is less likely to occur when the result of the success or failure lottery is a "big hit" or a "special out result", and is a advance hold that is likely to occur when it is a "normal out result".
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, the low expectation forecasting occurs with a probability of 5% when the forecasting expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S2602D, and step S2604D occurs. Occurs when there is a probability of 10% when reading out the notice holding expectation degree table for special out results at 80% when reading out the notice holding expectation degree table for outlier normally in step S2605D. It is supposed to occur with the probability of

In addition, as shown in FIG. 60 (B), the preview pattern with medium expectation is a pattern in which three scallops are placed on a plate. This medium expectation forecast is more likely to occur than a low expectation forecast hold if the result of the success or failure lottery is a "big hit" or a "special outcome", rather than a high expectation forecast hold. If the result is a notice that is unlikely to occur and the result of the lottery is a “normally out of place”, it is less likely to occur than a low expectation forecast hold, and is a forecast hold more likely to occur than a high expectation forecast hold. is there.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, the medium expectation degree advance notice occurs with a probability of 15% when the advance notice expectation level table for the jackpot result is read in step S2602D, and step S2604D Occurs when there is a probability of 30% when reading out the notice holding expectation degree table for special out results at 15%, and 15% when reading the notice holding expectation degree table for outlier normally in step S2605D It is supposed to occur with the probability of

Then, as shown in FIG. 60 (C), the high expectation degree previewing pattern is a pattern (second previewing pattern) in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate. The high anticipation degree advance notice is likely to occur when the result of the success or failure lottery is a "big hit" or a "special out result", and is a advance hold that is not likely to occur when it is a "normal out result".
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, when high anticipation prediction table for the jackpot result is read out in step S2602D, high anticipation pre-order occurs with an 80% probability, and step S2604 D In the case of reading out the notice suspension expectation degree table for special out results at 5%, it occurs with a probability of 60%, and in the case of reading out the notice suspension expectation degree table for outlier normally in step S2605D, 5% It is supposed to occur with the probability of

Referring back to FIG. 58, the process of step S2502D and subsequent steps will be described.
In step S2502D, the MPU 92 executes start preliminary suspension anticipation degree selection processing. In this start time advance notice expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects a notice hold with the same or lower expectation than the notice hold that has been won in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S2501D. Therefore, when the MPU 92 wins the high expectation notice hold in the lottery process of the advance notice expectation degree in step S2501D, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high expectation degree, the medium expectation degree, and the low expectation degree notice hold. If the middle expectation degree advance notice hold is selected in the lottery process of the advance notice expectation degree of step S2501D, the middle expectation degree or the low expectation degree preview hold is randomly selected, and the advance notice hold of step S2501D is selected. If the low expectation forecasting hold is won in the expectation lottery process, the low expectation forecast holding is selected.

  In step S2503D, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the sub suspension area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the sub startup start storage count SN updated in step S2404D. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the advance notice generation processing.

  For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the MPU 92 updates the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side storage area SRa, that is, in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets “3” to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN at step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to “4” of the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN updated at step S2404D. The advance notice information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area to be stored.

  Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the MPU 92 sets the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side storage area SRb, ie, in step S2404D. The advance notice information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN at step S2403D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" of the second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN updated at step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area to be stored.

  The advance notice suspension information is information for specifying generation of the advance notice suspension. Further, the notice suspension information includes information concerning the expectation degree of the notice suspension winning in the lottery process of the notice expectation of the step S2501D, the information concerning the expectation degree of the present notice suspension, and the sub updated in the step S2404D. It includes the side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the degree of anticipation of the anticipation hold selected in the start anticipation hold expectation degree selection process of step S2502D as the anticipation degree of the present anticipation hold.

  Here, the notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub hold area is included in the hold display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D described above. Then, the pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to generate the advance notice suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display a notice holding pattern, and notifies the player of the occurrence of the notice holding.

FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device.
As shown in FIG. 62, the MPU 102 has pedestals B11 to B14 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side storage area SRa, and the second sub-side storage The pedestals B21 to B24 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the area SRb and the pedestals for execution provided between the pedestals B11 and B21 corresponding to the execution area SAE Display AB and on the display screen G.

The first storage lamp portion 49a is provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side storage area SRa from the left to the right. On the other hand, the pedestals B11 to B14 are provided corresponding to four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side holding area SRa from the right side to the left side.
Further, the second storage ramp unit 49b is provided corresponding to four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side storage area SRb from the left to the right. Similarly to this, the pedestals B21 to B24 are provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side storage area SRb from the left side to the right side.

The pedestals B11 to B14, the pedestals B21 to B24, and the execution pedestal AB notify the player of the occurrence of the notice hold or the normal hold by placing the notice holding pattern or the normal hold pattern thereon.
Specifically, when the MPU 102 specifies that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side hold area SRa based on the contents of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestal is The pattern of the sphere, which is usually a reserved pattern, is placed on B11 to B14.
When the MPU 102 specifies that advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side suspension area SRa based on the content of the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 is located above the pedestals B11 to B14. The notice holding pattern (see FIG. 60) corresponding to the current expectation degree of the notice holding is placed on the.

When the MPU 102 specifies that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side hold area SRb based on the contents of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestals B21 to B24 Place the ball pattern, which is usually a reserved pattern, on top of the.
If the MPU 102 specifies that advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side suspension area SRb based on the content of the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 is positioned on the pedestals B21 to B24. The notice holding pattern (see FIG. 60) corresponding to the current expectation degree of the notice holding is placed on the.

Furthermore, when the MPU 102 specifies that the normal holding information is stored in the execution area SAE, the MPU 102 places a pattern of a sphere, which is a normal holding pattern, on the execution pedestal AB.
If the MPU 102 specifies that the notice holding information is stored in the execution area SAE, the notice holding pattern (see FIG. 60) corresponding to the expectation degree of the present notice holding is placed on the execution pedestal AB. Do.
The MPU 102 specifies the information stored in the execution area SAE based on the content of the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. The pending display shift command will be described in detail later.

Here, in the example of FIG. 62, the MPU 102 places the normal retention pattern on the pedestals B11 and B12, and places the low expectation predictive notification pattern on the pedestal B13, and places it on the execution pedestal AB. Usually, a retention pattern is placed. Further, in this example, the MPU 102 does not place a pattern on the pedestals B14 and B21 to B24.
In the present embodiment, the notice holding pattern is usually different from the holding picture, but for example, a plate without a scallop on top may be a holding picture and included as a kind of notice holding pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the sub-holding information storage area 94c is associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. It functions as an information storage unit that stores sub-side hold information (sub-side internal lottery information).
The sub-side hold information storage area 94 c is an execution area SAE as an execution area for storing sub-side hold information under execution of variable display in the symbol display device 47 and before the variable display is performed in the symbol display device 47 The first sub-holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb as a plurality of holding areas for storing the sub-side holding information in the holding state.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the sub-side hold information is associated with the pass / fail result, but may be associated with other information such as a display duration time, for example. In short, the sub-side hold information may be associated with the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger.

  Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the reach display based on the information related to the display continuation time, and the display continuation time to such an extent that the player is expected to be "big hit" in the lottery. When it is determined that the event is long (for example, when a super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high expectation of previewing is increased, and the probability of generating a low expectation of previewing is reduced. Further, the MPU 92 generates reach display based on the information relating to the display duration, and the display duration is not long enough to cause the player to expect that the "big hit" has been won in the lottery. When it is determined (for example, when a super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high expectation of previewing is lowered, and the probability of generating a low expectation of previewing is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the expectation level of the advance notice suspension by drawing lots based on this probability.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 is used as information storage means for storing the sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the order of ball entry into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Function.
Then, based on the sub-side hold information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c, the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 display the pattern associated with the sub-side hold information on the symbol display device 47. It functions as a means of notifying information.

<Pending shift process>
FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 executes the hold shift process in step S2304D of the hold determination process. In the reserve shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710D as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub hold information stored in the sub hold area based on the contents of the hold shift command.

In step S2701D, the MPU 92 determines whether the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If it is determined in step S2701D that the first shift command has been received, the MPU 92 executes data setting processing of the first sub-side storage area SRa of steps S2702D to S2704D, and the first process proceeds to step S2701D. If it is determined that the shift command has not been received (if it is determined that the second shift command has been received), data setting processing for the second sub-side hold area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D is executed. .

First, data setting processing of the first sub-side holding area SRa in steps S2702D to S2704D will be described.
In step S2702D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the first sub-side start-pending storage number SRaN of the first sub-side pending area SRa to update it.
In step S2703D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-holding information stored in the first area SRa1 of the first sub-holding area SRa to the execution area SAE.
In step S2704D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing to shift the sub-holding information stored in the storage area of the first sub-holding area SRa. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side hold information stored in the areas SRa1 to SRa4 toward the first area SRa1. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side hold information of the second area SRa2 to the first area SRa1, shifts the sub-side hold information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2, and the sub-area of the fourth area SRa4. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRa3.

Next, data setting processing of the second sub-side storage area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D will be described.
In step S2705D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the second sub-side start-pending storage number SRbN of the second sub-side pending area SRb and updates the value.
In step S2706D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-holding information stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-holding area SRb to the execution area SAE.
In step S2707D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing to shift the sub-holding information stored in the storage area of the second sub-holding area SRb. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side hold information stored in the areas SRb1 to SRb4 toward the first area SRb1. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side hold information of the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, shifts the sub-side hold information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2, and changes the sub-area hold information of the fourth area SRb4. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRb3.

  After executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D whether or not the sub-side hold information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side hold area is the notice hold information.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D that the information is the advance notice suspension information, the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension expectation degree promotion process in step S2709D. In this advance notice pending expectation promotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for promoting the expectation of the advance notice. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice expectation level of promotion process.

Here, the forecasting degree of expectation upgrading is the forecasting degree of forecasting when the current forecasting degree of expectation is lower than the forecasting degree of forecasting that was won in the lottery process of the forecasting forecasting degree of step S2501D described above. Is promoted in stages with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).
Note that, in the present embodiment, in the process of promoting the anticipation of anticipation of anticipation, the anticipation degree of anticipation of anticipating an appreciation is promoted stepwise by one step at a predetermined probability, but may not be promoted stepwise. It may be promoted.

  For example, it is assumed that the degree of expectation of the notice hold held in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of the step S2501 D is the high expectation, and the notice hold information showing the degree of expectation of the present notice hold as the low expectation When shifting from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3 of the SRa, the MPU 92 maintains the expectation of the advance notice pending with the probability of 50% as the low expectation in the advance notice expectation upgrading processing of step S2709D. Promote to medium expectations with a 50% probability. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa when the current forecasting expectation level is promoted to the medium expectation level in the preview holding expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. The expectation of the current notice hold included in the notice hold information is updated to the medium degree of expectation.

  Also, for example, with the expectation of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of step S2501D as the high expectation, the notice hold information indicating the expectation of the present notice hold as the medium expectation is the first sub side In the case of shifting from the third area SRa3 of the reserve area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 maintains the expectation of preview suspension with a 50% probability of maintaining the middle expectation in the preview suspension expectation upgrading process of step S2709D. Maintain and promote to high expectations with 50% probability. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-holding area SRa when the current forecasting degree of expectation is promoted to a high degree of expectation in the process of forecasting holding anticipation at step S2709D. The expectation of the current preview hold included in the preview hold information is updated to a high expectation level.

  After executing the notice holding expectation degree promotion process of step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708D that the notice is not notice holding information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift command in step S2710D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. Here, the sub-side hold information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 uses the symbol display device 47 to execute the normal hold and advance notice shift and promotion of the advance notice expectation degree based on the hold display shift command sent from the MPU 92. The table is read from the program ROM 103. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift of the normal hold and the advance notice, and the promotion of the expectation degree of the advance notice.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process is performed as hold shift means for shifting the sub hold information stored in the first sub hold area SRa and the second sub hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays a plurality of types of notice holding patterns (notice holding pattern with low expectation degree, notice holding pattern with medium expectation degree, and high expectation degree) for giving notice of the expectation degree of the sub side hold information. Functions as a holding pattern control means for displaying on the symbol display device 47 the previous notice holding pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice holding pattern is a plurality of kinds of notice holding patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, that is, the notice holding pattern of low expectation, the notice holding pattern of middle expectation, and high expectation It is equipped with a notice for the advance notice.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice pattern of the low expectation, the medium expectation, and the high expectation each indicating the degree of expectation indicates a change in the degree of expectation by changing the amount of scallops. . On the other hand, for example, the notice hold pattern may indicate a change in the degree of expectation by changing other features such as color.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the display control apparatus 100 maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern when shifting the sub-side hold information toward the execution area SAE in the holding shift process. Then, after shifting the sub-side hold information to the execution area SAE, the expectation of the notice holding pattern maintains the same degree of expectation.
In addition, when shifting the sub-side hold information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the display control apparatus 100 may maintain the expectation of the advance notice hold pattern without promoting it, and must always be promoted You may make it In addition, the expectation of the notice hold pattern may be promoted after shifting the sub hold information to the execution area SAE, and may be maintained or promoted regardless of the shift of the sub hold information. . In short, the display control device 100 may maintain or promote the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern. In addition, although the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the expectation of the advance notice pending pattern, the normal hold pattern may be promoted to a notice hold pattern of each expectation.

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
In the present embodiment, the game board 31 B is provided with one through gate 41 provided above the upper operation opening 36 as in the third embodiment.
Therefore, when the game ball is made to enter the through gate 41 in order to set the electric part 37a in the open state, the game ball is always made to enter the upper operation opening 36, so the first embodiment in the first embodiment The situation is the same as in the case of lighting the hold lamp unit 49a.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34A, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 34 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 34 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 34 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. In other words, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are disposed in the same path. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 34E, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a and the second holding lamp unit 49b is four.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 64 is a view showing the notice holding pattern and the normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34 (E).
When winning in the lower operation opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 64, based on the contents of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, a notice hold pattern or a normal hold. A pattern is placed on pedestals B21 to B24 and generated.
The MPU 102 places and shifts the normal retention pattern placed on the pedestal B11 on the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the retention display shift command received from the MPU 92.

  Here, the hold display generation command includes notice hold information. The advance notice suspension information is information for specifying generation of the advance notice suspension. Further, as described above, the notice suspension information includes information on the expectation degree of the notice suspension winning in the lottery process of the notice expectation degree of step S2501D, the information on the expectation degree of the current notice suspension, and the step S2404D. And the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-start start storage number SN updated in

In the notice holding pattern placed on pedestals B22 and B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree and the expectation of the present notice hold. The information related to the degree is assumed to be a low degree of expectation, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 and the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. It is.
In addition, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a high expectation and the expectation of the present notice holding. The information relating to the degree is assumed to be a low expectation, and the information relating to the storage area corresponding to the number of sub start storages SN updated in step S2404 D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub storage area SRb.
Therefore, based on the content of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places and generates a low-predictive notice holding pattern on the pedestals B22 to B24.
In the example of FIG. 64, the MPU 102 places a normally reserved pattern on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four at the maximum, so when the “most advantageous result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects non-winning in three revolutions before entering the special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects one to win in one revolution after entering the special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).
Further, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four, which is the maximum. Therefore, when the "most favorable result" is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects non-winning in two turns before becoming a special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in two turns after becoming a special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).
In the following description, a hold (normal hold or advance hold) generated as a result of winning in the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode is referred to as a special hold. The same applies to the following embodiments.

Therefore, in the rotation based on the special hold (non-election expectation special hold SH1) pertaining to the hold pattern placed on the pedestals B21 and B22, the player is the “most advantageous result” while staying in the short-term high frequency support mode. In either case, and when it is not the "most favorable outcome", it is expected to be not elected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that has generated the non-winning expected special hold SH1 functions as non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player.
In addition, the player becomes "the most advantageous result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of (non-winning expected gaming situation), non-winning is expected, and when it is not the “most advantageous result” (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that generated the mixed winning expectation special holding SH2 is a non-winning expected gaming situation in which the player is expected to be non-winning and a winning expected gaming situation in which the player is expected to be elected And functions as mixed winning expected internal lottery information.

  In the present embodiment, the hold (normal hold or advance hold) generated as a result of winning in the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode is a special hold, but it occurs when the upper operation port 36 wins. It is also possible to set a special hold, or a hold that occurs as a result of winning through the through gate 41. The same applies to the following embodiments.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the hold generation process, the sub-hold information is stored in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) of the execution area SAE in the second sub-hold area SRb. When storing it, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when storing sub-side hold information in the fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information It functions as a reserve distribution storage means to
In the present embodiment, in the case of storing the sub-side hold information in the first area, the hold generation process is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and the sub-side hold information is stored in the second area. We were made to memorize as winning expectation internal lottery information. On the other hand, in the case of storing the sub-side hold information in the first area so as to have a relation reverse to the above, the hold generation process is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information, and is stored in the second area. When the sub-side hold information is stored, it may be stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, or may be stored so as to be other than these.

Furthermore, in the rotation based on the special hold (winning expected special hold SH3) pertaining to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the player has achieved the "most favorable result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. In either case, and in the case where the "best outcome" is not obtained, it is expected to be won. In other words, the sub-side suspension information that has generated the winning expectation special suspension SH3 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player is expected to win.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 35, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  In the block BL13, in the case where the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (A), the symbol display device 47 is identical as a stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 35 (A) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL13, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 14, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (B), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

FIG. 65 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 65 is a view showing the notice holding pattern and the normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35 (B).
Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
If the MPU 102 specifies that the expectation of the current preview suspension has been promoted based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places the promoted preview image on the pedestals B21 to B23. Position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 specifies that the current forecasting suspension expectation level is not promoted based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, the preview suspension pattern is not changed. It mounts on pedestals B21-B23, and makes it shift.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is promoted by increasing the scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on pedestals B22 and B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is assumed to be a low expectation degree, It has never been identified as having promoted the current forecasting expectation. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation type preview image on the pedestals B21 and B22.
Further, in FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the preview image of medium expected degree on the pedestal B23.

In FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high expectation degree, It is identified that the current forecasting expectation is not promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation degree advance reservation pattern on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
Further, in FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. As shown in FIG. 65, after placing and shifting the middle expectation degree preview pattern on the pedestal B23, and then placing it on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifting it, the high expectation degree preview hold It has the possibility to be promoted to a pattern.

In the case where the pachinko machine 10 in the block BL14 consumes three rounds of game play without becoming a "big hit" (see the dotted arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 33, the low probability mode and low frequency support The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 35 (C), since the rest of the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb is only one in the second variation display, the second hold lamp 49b is not lit. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, since the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. 35, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is one rotation. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special gaming state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is four or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, the player expects a non-winning expected special holding SH1 and a mixed winning expected special holding SH2 to expect a non-winning expecting pattern, and therefore a previewing pattern with a lower expectation than the high-predictive-prediction holding pattern. It will expect non-promotion of the notice pending pattern as well.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the expectation of special prize holding SH3, it is expected to be a high-predictive-prediction-preserving pattern than the low-predictive-prediction-preserving pattern. You will expect to be promoted.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 36, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, in the block BL13, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see dotted arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (Block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (A), the MPU 102 displays the game "2 high-speed and 2 high-rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to stay in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
If the MPU 102 specifies that the expectation of the current preview suspension has been promoted based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places the promoted preview image on the pedestals B21 to B23. Position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 specifies that the current forecasting suspension expectation level is not promoted based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, the preview suspension pattern is not changed. It mounts on pedestals B21-B23, and makes it shift.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is promoted by increasing the scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on pedestals B22 and B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is assumed to be a low expectation degree, It has never been identified as having promoted the current forecasting expectation. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation type preview image on the pedestals B21 and B22.
Further, in FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the preview image of medium expected degree on the pedestal B23.

In FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high expectation degree, It is identified that the current forecasting expectation is not promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation degree advance reservation pattern on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
Further, in FIG. 64, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. As shown in FIG. 65, after placing and shifting the middle expectation degree preview pattern on the pedestal B23, and then placing it on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifting it, the high expectation degree preview hold It has the possibility to be promoted to a pattern.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, supports the low probability mode and the low frequency as shown in FIG. The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 36 (B), since the remainder of the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb is two including one in the second variation display, the second suspension lamp 49b The number of lights on is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 36C, the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (D), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, so in the example of FIG. 36, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is two rotations. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is three or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, since the player is expected to not win the non-winning expected special hold SH1, he / she is expected to have a forecasting notice with an expectation lower than that of the high-prediction forecasting pattern, and also the preview pending. I will expect non-promotion of the pattern.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the mixed winning expectation special holding SH2 and the winning expectation special holding SH3, it is expected to expect a high-prediction-prediction-prediction pattern higher than the low-prediction-prediction-prediction pattern. As you become, you will expect the promotion of the advance notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition process switches from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, and then the second result display area reserve area Rb. Functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the internal lottery result associated with the hold information stored in Do.
In other words, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, the gaming state transition processing is triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the lower operation opening 37 The most advantageous gaming state transition means to shift the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed. Act as.

  In the present embodiment, the game state transition process is performed by switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process, and then entering the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 The game state is transferred to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the Based on other conditions, the gaming state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. In short, when the game state transition process is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 The gaming state may be transitioned to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode based on a combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term frequent support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing are switched to the high probability mode when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Triggered by notification of a result of an internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in the present embodiment) of suspension information smaller than the number of suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb Switch from high probability mode to low probability mode. Therefore, by the time the notification rate of the high probability mode is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb, There is a probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high probability mode has a probability of winning a lottery of 1/3 within 3 turns.

  On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning a 1/3 lottery within 3 revolutions and the probability of winning a 1/30 lottery within the remaining 31 revolutions. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.

  In the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode plays more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode The gaming state is advantageous for the player, but may be advantageous for the player by setting other conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pending shift process digests non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process. After switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in transition processing at the end and fluctuation end processing, winning expectation internal lottery information is digested.
In the present embodiment, the pending shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and switches the winning expected internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without relying on the timing of switching the success or failure lottery mode.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. The winning expectation gaming state is switched to the non-winning expecting gaming state, triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the operation opening 37. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected gaming situation to the winning expected gaming situation, triggered by having digested a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side pending information in the pending shift process. Therefore, the main control device 60 switches the game situation switching between the non-winning expected game situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery and the expected game situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery. It functions as a means.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Switching from winning expectation gaming status to non-win expecting gaming status triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation opening 37 and digesting a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side suspension information in the suspension shift process The non-winning expected gaming status is switched to the winning expected gaming status triggered by the, but the non-winning expected gaming status and the winning expected gaming status may be switched triggered by other than these.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the high-probability number notification determination process of step S2203 reports the number of rotations of game times staying in the high-probability mode, and the number-of-games notification determination process of step S2207 is a high-frequency support mode In the frequency support mode, the number of rotations of the game times to stay is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of revolutions of the game round staying in the non-winning expected gaming state or the number of revolutions of the gaming round staying in the winning expected gaming state.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operations and effects as the third embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(8) The plurality of sub-side suspension information includes non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be not elected and winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player (pachinko The machine 10 is provided with a main control unit 60 that switches between a non-winning expected gaming situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery and a winning expected gaming situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery. Yes). Then, the voice light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the symbol display device 47 to display a plurality of types of notice holding patterns for giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. Therefore, when the player causes the sound emission control device 90 to store non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting non-winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94 c (in the non-winning expected game situation in the main control device 60 And the preview display pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation of the preview display pattern is high, it becomes depression, and if it is low, it becomes a spirit gate. Conversely, when the player stores the expected internal lottery information for expecting a win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the sound emission control device 90 (switching to the expected expected gaming situation in the main control 60) If it is detected, the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high, it becomes a jealousy, and if it is low, it becomes a depression. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(9) The hold generation process is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information when the preliminary hold information is stored in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side reserve area SRb. When the advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4 opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the hold shift process shifts the advance notice hold information stored in the second sub-side hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the non-winning expected internal lottery information to notify the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning expected of the expected lottery internal lottery information to notify of the internal lottery result later. The player's attention to the game can be improved.

(10) The hold shift process shifts the advance notice hold information stored in the second sub hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected gaming situation to the winning expected gaming situation, triggered by having digested a predetermined number of sub-side pending information in the pending shift process. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming condition of notifying the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning of the internal lottery in the expected gaming condition of notifying of the internal lottery result later As it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(11) Since the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern, the player pays attention to whether the expectation of the notice holding pattern is promoted. Specifically, when the player causes the sound emission control device 90 to store non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting non-winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c (in the main control device 60, the player is not elected. When the game condition is switched to the expected game status), the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the game will be depressed and maintained. Conversely, when the player stores the expected internal lottery information for expecting a win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the sound emission control device 90 (switching to the expected expected gaming situation in the main control 60) If it is confirmed, the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, it becomes a jealousy, and if it is maintained, it becomes a depression.

(12) The expectation of a plurality of types of notice holding patterns is changed to the execution area SAE after shifting the sub side hold information to the execution area SAE, so the player maintains the same degree of expectation. I will pay more attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.
(13) The pending shift process digests non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and change end processing, and transition at the end of the open / close execution mode After switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the processing and fluctuation end processing, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(14) A plurality of sub-side hold information is a mixed winning expectation having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming status expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming status expected to be won by the player Has internal lottery information. Then, the voice light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the symbol display device 47 to display a plurality of types of notice holding patterns for giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. Therefore, the player checks the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 when the mixed light emission expectation internal lottery information is stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c by the sound emission control device 90. , It is possible to confirm the expectation of the combined winning expectation internal lottery information. At this time, the high and low value of the expectation of the notice holding pattern is determined by the game situation (non-win expectation game situation where the player is not expected to be elected or winning expectation game situation where the player is expected to be elected). It will change accordingly. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Sixth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control apparatus 100 differs from the fifth embodiment in that the display control apparatus 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the advance notice generation processing and the hold shift processing are different from those of the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice suspension generation process and the hold shift process in the present embodiment will be described below.

<Preemption hold processing>
FIG. 66 is a diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice generation processing according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 executes the advance notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of the suspension generation process. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2506E as shown in FIG. The present embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2504E after the process of step S2501D.

  In step S2504E, the MPU 92 determines whether it is a special hold generated as a result of winning in the lower operation opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D to determine that the short-term high-frequency support mode is selected, and the second sub-start start is suspended in step S2403D. When the memory number SRbN is set, it is determined that the special hold is performed.

When it is determined in step S2504E that the special holding is not performed, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2502D and subsequent steps as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2504E that the special side is on hold, in step S2505E, the MPU 92 determines whether the sub-side start storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 3 or less. Do. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special hold (winning expected special hold SH3) related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is the winning expectation special holding SH3, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2502D described above. In other words, the MPU 92 processes the special suspension relating to the suspension pattern placed on the pedestal B 24 in the same manner as the normal previewing.
In the following description, the notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub hold area at step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion notice hold information (winning expected internal lottery information).

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is not the winning expectation special storage SH3, the MPU 92 executes special storage setting processing in step S2506E.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a special hold setting process.
In the special hold setting process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2801E to S2804E as shown in FIG.
In step S2801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start reserve storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 2 or less. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is a special hold (non-winning expected special hold SH1) related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestals B21 and B22.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is the non-winning expected special holding SH1, the MPU 92 executes the start predecessive hold anticipation degree selection process for demotion in step S2802E. In this process, the MPU 92 selects a notice hold having the same or a higher expectation than the notice hold that has been won in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S2501D. Therefore, when the MPU 92 wins the high expectation preview hold in the lottery process of the preview hold expectation in step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation preview hold, and the lottery process in step S2501D the preview expectation If the middle expectation degree advance notice hold is selected, the high expectation degree or middle expectation degree notice hold is selected at random, and the low expectation degree notice hold is made in the lottery process of the advance notice expectation degree at step S2501D. If the player wins, he / she randomly selects one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation.

  In step S2803E, the MPU 92 is the first storage area of the vacant storage areas of the sub-side pending area, that is, the sub-side start pending storage count SN updated in step S2404D. And store it in the corresponding storage area. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the special hold setting process.

  For example, when the MPU 92 sets “1” to the second sub-side start reserve storage number SRbN at step S2403D, the MPU 92 corresponds to “2” of the second sub side start reserve storage number SRbN updated at step S2404D. In the second area SRb2, which is a storage area to be stored, the decommissioning advance notice information is stored.

  The demotion advance notice information is information for specifying generation of the demotion advance notice. In addition, information on the degree of anticipation hold expected in the lottery process of the anticipation hold expectation in step S2501D, information on the degree of anticipation on the present anticipation hold, and information on the degree of anticipacy hold on the anticipation hold in step S2501D It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-start start storage number SN, and information indicating that it is a notice for the demotion for demoting the expectation of the notice hold. Here, the MPU 92 sets the degree of expectation of the notice hold, which has been selected in the process of starting the notice of holding for the demotion for demotion in step S2803E, as the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

  Here, the pre-description notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is included in the hold display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D described above. Then, the pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, the data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute generation of the preliminary notice suspension for demotion based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the notice holding pattern, and notifies the player of the occurrence of the notice for the demotion for the demotion.
In addition, the pattern of the preview for demotion for suspension is the same as the normal preview pattern for preview (pattern for low expectation of preview, pattern for middle expectation of preview, and pattern for high expectation of preview).

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is not the non-winning expected special storage SH1 (when it is determined that it is the mixed winning expected special storage SH2), the advance notice suspension information for concealment (step S2804E) The combined winning expected internal lottery information) is stored in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the sub side reserve area, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub side start reserve storage number SN updated in step S2404D. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the special hold setting process.

  Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the concealment advance notice holding information in the third area SRb3, which is a storage area corresponding to "3" of the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D.

  The secret advance notice suspension information is information for specifying generation of a secret advance notice suspension. In addition, the concealment advance notice holding information is a storage corresponding to the information related to the expectation degree of the advance notice hold elected in the lottery process of the advance notice hold expectation of step S2501D and the sub side start hold storage number SN updated at step S2404D. It includes information related to the area and information indicating that it is a concealment advance notice for concealing the degree of expectation of the advance notice.

  Here, the concealment advance notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub hold area is included in the hold display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D described above. Then, the pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to generate the advance notice for secrecy based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the concealment notice holding pattern and notifies the player of the occurrence of the concealment notice.
Note that the concealment notice pattern for secrecy is different from a normal notice suspension pattern (a notice pattern with a low expectation, a notice pattern with a middle expectation, and a notice with a high expectation). Specifically, in the present embodiment, the concealment advance notice pattern for concealment is a pattern of Furoshiki (see FIG. 69).

<Pending shift process>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 executes the hold shift process in step S2304D of the hold determination process. In the reserve shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710E, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub hold information stored in the sub hold area based on the contents of the hold shift command. The present embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2711E and the subsequent steps after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D.

In step S2711E, the MPU 92 determines whether the sub side advance notice suspension information moved to the execution area SAE is the concealment advance notice suspension information.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2711E that it is the advance notice suspension information for secrecy, in step S2712E, the MPU 92 executes the advance notice anticipation degree notification process for secrecy. In this concealment preview anticipation anticipation degree notification processing, the MPU 92 informs the player of the anticipation anticipation anticipation degree. Specifically, the MPU 92 opens the Furoshiki, which is an advance notice holding pattern for secrecy, and executes processing for notifying the player of the contents. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the concealment preview expectation rate notification process. Do.

  Here, when the Furoshiki, which is a notice reservation pattern for secrecy, is opened, the content thereof is any of the notice holding patterns of each degree of expectation. Specifically, a notice of anticipation holding pattern of the degree of anticipation won in the lottery process of the anticipation holding anticipation of the step S2501D described above is notified to the player as the contents of the bath.

  After the MPU 92 executes the concealment preview expectation rate notification process in step S2712E, or if it determines in step S2711E that it is not the concealment preview infor- mation, it shifts to the storage area of the sub hold area in step S2713E. It is determined whether the acquired sub-side hold information is the demotion fore-hold hold information.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2713E that the information is the preliminary announcement suspension information for demotion, in step S2714E, the MPU 92 executes the preliminary announcement on-hold expectation demotion process. In the preliminary holding expectation degree of demotion processing, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the degree of expectation of preliminary holding. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the preliminary holding expectation level demotion process.

Here, the forecasting degree of expectation demotion processing is the forecasting degree of forecasting when the current forecasting degree of expectation is higher than the forecasting degree of expectation obtained in the lottery process of the previewing expectation of step S2501D described above. Is demoted in stages with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).
Note that, in the present embodiment, the anticipation detention degree of demotion processing degrades the anticipation degree of detention degree by one step at a predetermined probability, but the deplacing process may not be performed stepwise, and it is possible It may be demoted.

  For example, the second sub side is the second preview side of the preliminary notice holding information for the demotion with the low degree of expectation of the preliminary hold held in the lottery process of the preliminary hold expectation of the step S2501D and the high degree of expectation of the current preliminary hold. When shifting from the second area SRb2 of the reserve area SRb to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation for the anticipation hold with a 50% probability in the foreclosure hold expectation demotion processing in step S2714E. Maintain and demote to medium expectations with a 50% chance. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reserve area SRb when the current degree of expectation of the advance notice is demoted to the medium expectation in the notice retention expectation degree demotion process of step S2714E. The degree of expectation of the current notice hold included in the notice hold information for demotion is updated to the medium degree of expectation.

  After the MPU 92 has executed the preliminary holding anticipation degree demotion processing of step S2714E, or if it is determined in step S2713E that the information is not preliminary deferral holding information for demotion, the sub shifted to the storage area of the sub holding area in step S2708E. It is determined whether the side hold information is promotion advance notice information.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2708E that it is the advance notice suspension information for promotion, the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension degree of promotion processing in step S2709D. In this advance notice pending expectation promotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for promoting the expectation of the advance notice. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice expectation level of promotion process.

Here, the forecasting degree of expectation upgrading is the forecasting degree of forecasting when the current forecasting degree of expectation is lower than the forecasting degree of forecasting that was won in the lottery process of the forecasting forecasting degree of step S2501D described above. Is promoted in stages with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).
Note that, in the present embodiment, in the process of promoting the anticipation of anticipation of anticipation, the anticipation degree of anticipation of anticipating an appreciation is promoted stepwise by one step at a predetermined probability, but may not be promoted stepwise. It may be promoted.

  For example, assuming that the degree of expectation of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of the step S2501 D is a high expectation, and the degree of the expectation of the current notice hold is a low expectation When shifting from the fourth area SRa4 of the reserve area SRa to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation of the advance notice low at the probability of 50% with the low expectation degree in the advance announcement hold expectation degree promotion process of step S2709D. Maintain and promote 50% chance to medium expectations. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa when the current forecasting expectation level is promoted to the medium expectation level in the preview holding expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. In addition, the expectation of the current preview hold included in the preview hold information for promotion is updated to the medium expectation level.

  Further, for example, the anticipation hold information for promotion, which has the expectation of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of the step S2501D as the high expectation and the expectation degree of the present notice hold as the medium expectation When shifting from the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2 of the sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the advance notice pending at the probability of 50% to the middle expectation degree in the advance notice expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. Keep it as it is and promote it to a high degree of expectation with a probability of 50%. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-holding area SRa when the current forecasting degree of expectation is promoted to a high degree of expectation in the process of forecasting holding anticipation at step S2709D. In addition, the expectation of the current notice hold included in the notice hold for promotion is updated to have a high degree of expectation.

  After executing the notice holding expectation degree promotion process of step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708E that the notice is not advance notice holding information for promotion, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift command in step S2710E. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. Here, the various sub side suspension information stored in the sub side suspension information storage area 94c is included in the suspension display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  Based on the hold display shift command sent from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 shifts normal hold and advance hold, announces the expectation degree of the advance notice hold for secrecy, and raises or lowers the expectation degree of the advance hold. A data table for executing on the symbol display device 47 is read out from the program ROM 103. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the normal hold and the advance notice shift, the notification of the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension for secrecy, and the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process is performed as hold shift means for shifting the sub hold information stored in the first sub hold area SRa and the second sub hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays a plurality of types of notice holding patterns (notice holding pattern with low expectation degree, notice holding pattern with medium expectation degree, and high expectation degree) for giving notice of the expectation degree of the sub side hold information. Functions as a holding pattern control means for displaying on the symbol display device 47 the previous notice holding pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice holding pattern is a plurality of kinds of notice holding patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, that is, the notice holding pattern of low expectation, the notice holding pattern of middle expectation, and high expectation It is equipped with a notice for the advance notice.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the patterns of the low, medium, and high expectations of the degree of expectation indicate changes in the degree of expectation by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the notice hold pattern may indicate a change in the degree of expectation by changing other features such as color.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the notice hold for promotion, and maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, after shifting the sub-side hold information to the execution area SAE, the expectation of the notice holding pattern maintains the same degree of expectation.
The display control apparatus 100 may maintain or raise or lower the expectation of the notice holding pattern when shifting various sub-side holding information toward the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, When the sub-side hold information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the expectation of the advance notice hold pattern may be maintained without being raised or lowered, or may be always raised or lowered. In addition, the expectation of the notice holding pattern may shift the expectation after shifting the sub hold information to the execution area SAE, and maintain or move the expectation independently of the shift of the sub hold information. It is also good. In short, the display control device 100 may maintain, promote, or demote the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern. In addition, although the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demoshes the expectation of the advance notice pending pattern, the normal hold pattern may be promoted to the advance notice hold pattern of each expectation, and the advance hold of each expectation is held. The pattern may be demoted to a normally reserved pattern. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may demote the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the notice holding information for promotion.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the display control apparatus 100 causes the sound emission control apparatus 90 to store the advance notice holding information for secrecy in the sub side hold information storage area 94c, the display control apparatus 100 is different from plural types of notice holding patterns. The concealment notice for concealment notice is displayed on the symbol display device 47 so as to conceal the degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension information for concealment.
In the present embodiment, a furoshiki is adopted as the concealed notice holding pattern for secrecy, but any pattern may be adopted as long as it is different from plural kinds of the notice holding pattern. Further, in the present embodiment, a pattern in which a scallop is placed on a plate is adopted as the notice holding pattern, but any pattern may be adopted as long as it is different from the notice holding pattern for secrecy.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays the concealment notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the notice holding information for secrecy as the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the notice holding information for secrecy among the plural types of notice holding arrangements. It is changing.
When the display control apparatus 100 shifts the concealment advance notice suspension information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, that is, shifts the concealment advance notice suspension information in the second sub-side reserve area SRb. Alternatively, the concealed notice holding symbol displayed on the symbol display device 47 may be changed to a notice holding symbol corresponding to the degree of expectation of the concealed notice holding information among a plurality of types of notice holding symbols.

  The display control apparatus 100 configured as described above changes the concealment notice holding pattern based on the concealment notice holding information to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the concealment notice holding information among a plurality of kinds of notice holding symbols. It may be provided with a preliminary announcement pending picture change judging means for secrecy judging whether or not it is. In this case, when the display control apparatus 100 determines that the notice for concealment holding picture change determination means changes the notice for hold display picture for concealment, the concealment hold picture for concealment notice is concealed among the plural kinds of notice holding pictures for display. If it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice holding information for warning and it is determined that the notice holding pattern for secrecy is not changed to the notice holding pattern, the notice notice holding pattern for secrecy may be maintained. . According to this, since the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment notice holding pattern changes, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34A, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 34 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 34 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 34 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. In other words, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are disposed in the same path. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 34E, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a and the second holding lamp unit 49b is four.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 69 is a view showing the notice holding pattern and the normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34 (E).
When winning in the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 69, based on the contents of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, displays a notice hold pattern and a normal hold. A pattern is placed on pedestals B21 to B24 and generated.
The MPU 102 places and shifts the normal retention pattern placed on the pedestal B11 on the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the retention display shift command received from the MPU 92.

  Here, the hold display generation command includes various notice hold information. The various types of advance notice holding information are information for specifying that a notice hold should occur. Further, as described above, the various types of advance notice information include information related to the expected degree of advance notice held in the lottery process of the expected degree of advance notice in step S2501D, and information related to the expected degree of the current advance hold. The information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-start start storage number SN updated in step S2404D, the information indicating that it is the advance notice hold for demotion to lower the expectation degree of the notice hold, and the expectation degree of the notice hold And information indicating that it is a prior notice for secrecy.

In the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, and the expectation degree of the present notice hold. The information concerned is assumed to be medium expectation, and the information concerning the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The advance notice holding information is the demotion advance notice information, and includes information indicating that it is a demotion advance notice for lowering the expectation degree of the advance hold.
Also, with the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is regarded as a low expectation, and is updated in step S2404D The information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side storage area SRb. The advance notice suspension information is advance notice suspension information for secrecy, and includes information indicating that it is the advance notice suspension for secrecy concealing the degree of anticipation of the advance notice.
Furthermore, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a high expectation and the expectation of the present notice holding. The information relating to the degree is assumed to be medium expectation, and the information relating to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side storage area SRb.
Therefore, based on the content of the pending display generation command received from MPU 92, MPU 102 places and generates a preview pending picture with medium expectation on pedestals B22 and B24, and generates a confidential notice for preview pending pattern B23. Place on top of and generate.
In the example shown in FIG. 69, the MPU 102 places a normal holding pattern on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four at the maximum, so when the “most advantageous result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects non-winning in three revolutions before entering the special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects one to win in one revolution after entering the special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).
Further, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four, which is the maximum. Therefore, when the "most favorable result" is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects non-winning in two turns before becoming a special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in two turns after becoming a special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).

Therefore, in the rotation based on the special hold (non-election expectation special hold SH1) pertaining to the hold pattern placed on the pedestals B21 and B22, the player is the “most advantageous result” while staying in the short-term high frequency support mode. In either case, and when it is not the "most favorable outcome", it is expected to be not elected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the non-winning expected special hold SH1 functions as non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be non-winning.
In addition, the player becomes "the most advantageous result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of (non-winning expected gaming situation), non-winning is expected, and when it is not the “most advantageous result” (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that generated the mixed winning expectation special holding SH2 is a non-winning expected gaming situation in which the player is expected to be non-winning, and a winning expectation game in which the player is expected to be won. It functions as a mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of the situation and the situation.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the hold generation process, the sub-hold information is stored in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) of the execution area SAE in the second sub-hold area SRb. When storing it, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when storing sub-side hold information in the fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information It functions as a reserve distribution storage means to
In the present embodiment, in the case of storing the sub-side hold information in the first area, the hold generation process is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and the sub-side hold information is stored in the second area. We were made to memorize as winning expectation internal lottery information. On the other hand, in the case of storing the sub-side hold information in the first area so as to have a relation reverse to the above, the hold generation process is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information, and is stored in the second area. When the sub-side hold information is stored, it may be stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, or may be stored so as to be other than these.

Furthermore, in the rotation based on the special hold (winning expected special hold SH3) pertaining to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the player has achieved the "most favorable result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. In either case, and in the case where the "best outcome" is not obtained, it is expected to be won. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the winning expectation special holding SH3 functions as the winning expectation internal lottery information that the player is expected to win.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 35, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  In the block BL13, in the case where the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (A), the symbol display device 47 is identical as a stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 35 (A) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL13, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 14, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (B), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 70 is a view showing the notice holding pattern and the normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35 (B).
Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
If the MPU 102 determines that the current forecasting suspension expectation level has been moved up or down based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, then the previewed reservation pattern after lifting or lowering is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. Place on and shift.
On the other hand, the MPU 102 changes the notice holding pattern when it is determined that the current preview holding expectation degree is not moved up or down based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92. And mounted on pedestals B21 to B23 for shifting.
Here, based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places and shifts the concealment advance notice holding pattern on the pedestals B21 to B23.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the scallop on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, so 50% It is identified with the probability of demoting the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation type preview image on the pedestal B21.
Further, in FIG. 69, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts a high-predictive-prediction notice holding pattern on the pedestal B23.

In the case where the pachinko machine 10 in the block BL14 consumes three rounds of game play without becoming a "big hit" (see the dotted arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 33, the low probability mode and low frequency support The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 35 (C), since the rest of the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb is only one in the second variation display, the second hold lamp 49b is not lit. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

FIG. 71 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern which are displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device when the concealment notice holding pattern is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. Specifically, in FIG. 71, in the process of transitioning from the situation of FIG. 35 (B) to the situation of FIG. 35 (C), the notice holding pattern and the normal holding picture displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 are displayed. FIG.
Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 specifies that the concealment notice holding pattern is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the concealment notice pattern is used. A certain furoshiki is opened and the content is notified to the player.
Here, when the Furoshiki, which is a notice reservation pattern for secrecy, is opened, the content thereof is any of the notice holding patterns of each degree of expectation. Specifically, a notice of anticipation holding pattern of the degree of anticipation won in the lottery process of the anticipation holding anticipation of the step S2501D described above is notified to the player as the contents of the bath.

  In FIG. 69, in the notice hold placed on the pedestal B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, so the contents of Furoshiki Will be a low expectation warning notice pattern.

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, since the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. 35, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is one rotation. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special gaming state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is four or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, the player expects a non-winning expected special holding SH1 and a mixed winning expected special holding SH2 to expect a non-winning expecting pattern, and therefore a previewing pattern with a lower expectation than the high-predictive-prediction holding pattern As well as it will be expected to demote the notice pattern pending.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the expectation of special prize holding SH3, it is expected to be a high-predictive-prediction-preserving pattern than the low-predictive-prediction-preserving pattern. You will expect to be promoted.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 36, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, in the block BL13, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see dotted arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (Block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (A), the MPU 102 displays the game "2 high-speed and 2 high-rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to stay in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
If the MPU 102 determines that the current forecasting suspension expectation level has been moved up or down based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, then the previewed reservation pattern after lifting or lowering is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. Place on and shift.
On the other hand, the MPU 102 changes the notice holding pattern when it is determined that the current preview holding expectation degree is not moved up or down based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92. And mounted on pedestals B21 to B23 for shifting.
Here, based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places and shifts the concealment advance notice holding pattern on the pedestals B21 to B23.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the scallop on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, so 50% It is identified with the probability of demoting the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation type preview image on the pedestal B21.
Further, in FIG. 69, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts a high-predictive-prediction notice holding pattern on the pedestal B23.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, supports the low probability mode and the low frequency as shown in FIG. The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 36 (B), since the remainder of the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb is two including one in the second variation display, the second suspension lamp 49b The number of lights on is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 specifies that the concealment notice holding pattern is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the concealment notice pattern is used. A certain furoshiki is opened and the content is notified to the player.
Here, when the Furoshiki, which is a notice reservation pattern for secrecy, is opened, the content thereof is any of the notice holding patterns of each degree of expectation. Specifically, a notice of anticipation holding pattern of the degree of anticipation won in the lottery process of the anticipation holding anticipation of the step S2501D described above is notified to the player as the contents of the bath.

  In FIG. 69, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, so Contents will be a low-prediction advance notice pattern.

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 36C, the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (D), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, so in the example of FIG. 36, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is two rotations. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is three or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, since the player is expected to not win the non-winning expected special hold SH1, he / she is expected to have a forecasting notice with an expectation lower than that of the high-prediction forecasting pattern, and also the preview pending. You will expect a demolition of the pattern.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the mixed winning expectation special holding SH2 and the winning expectation special holding SH3, it is expected to expect a high-prediction-prediction-prediction pattern higher than the low-prediction-prediction-prediction pattern. As you become, you will expect the promotion of the advance notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition process switches from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, and then the second result display area reserve area Rb. Functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the internal lottery result associated with the hold information stored in Do.
In other words, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, the gaming state transition processing is triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the lower operation opening 37 The most advantageous gaming state transition means to shift the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed. Act as.

  In the present embodiment, the game state transition process is performed by switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process, and then entering the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 The game state is transferred to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the Based on other conditions, the gaming state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. In short, when the game state transition process is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 The gaming state may be transitioned to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode based on a combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term frequent support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing are switched to the high probability mode when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Triggered by notification of a result of an internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in the present embodiment) of suspension information smaller than the number of suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb Switch from high probability mode to low probability mode. Therefore, by the time the notification rate of the high probability mode is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb, There is a probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high probability mode has a probability of winning a lottery of 1/3 within 3 turns.

  On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning a 1/3 lottery within 3 revolutions and the probability of winning a 1/30 lottery within the remaining 31 revolutions. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.

  In the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode plays more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode The gaming state is advantageous for the player, but may be advantageous for the player by setting other conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pending shift process digests non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process. After switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in transition processing at the end and fluctuation end processing, winning expectation internal lottery information is digested.
In the present embodiment, the pending shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and switches the winning expected internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without relying on the timing of switching the success or failure lottery mode.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. The winning expectation gaming state is switched to the non-winning expecting gaming state, triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the operation opening 37. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected gaming situation to the winning expected gaming situation, triggered by having digested a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side pending information in the pending shift process. Therefore, the main control device 60 switches the game situation switching between the non-winning expected game situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery and the expected game situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery. It functions as a means.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Switching from winning expectation gaming status to non-win expecting gaming status triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation opening 37 and digesting a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side suspension information in the suspension shift process The non-winning expected gaming status is switched to the winning expected gaming status triggered by the, but the non-winning expected gaming status and the winning expected gaming status may be switched triggered by other than these.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the high-probability number notification determination process of step S2203 reports the number of rotations of game times staying in the high-probability mode, and the number-of-games notification determination process of step S2207 is a high-frequency support mode In the frequency support mode, the number of rotations of the game times to stay is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of revolutions of the game round staying in the non-winning expected gaming state or the number of revolutions of the gaming round staying in the winning expected gaming state.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) pertaining to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the player is said to have If it is "a favorable result" (non-winning expected gaming situation), you will expect non-winning, and if it is not a "most advantageous result" (a winning expected gaming situation), expecting a winning become. In other words, when the pachinko machine 10 is switched to the high probability mode after switching to the high probability mode in the transition process and the variation end process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is selected. If a non-winning expected game situation is determined and the first internal lottery result is not won, a winning expected game situation is determined for the combined winning expected internal lottery information.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 does not select the expected winning game status and the winning expectation for the combined winning expected internal lottery information by the time the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process. You have decided on any of the gaming situations.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operation and effect as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment, the following operation and effect can be exhibited.
(15) Since the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information (sub-side hold information for executing variation display in the winning expectation gaming situation), the player can Attention will be paid to whether the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player will be satisfied and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information (the sub-side holding information for executing the variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation), the player , It will be noted whether the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player will be satisfied, and if maintained, it will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), it becomes a jealousy, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(16) When the display control apparatus 100 causes the sound emission control apparatus 90 to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c, a plurality of types of preview holding symbols are displayed. Since the symbol display device 47 is displayed, and the combined emission expectation internal lottery information is stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c by the voice light emission control device 90, the symbol display device 47 is made to display the advance notice hold symbol for concealment. Of the various sub-side suspension information stored in the sub-side suspension information storage area 94c in the sound emission control device 90, a different notice suspension pattern may be displayed on the symbol display device 47 depending on which of the various sub-side suspension information is stored. it can. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(17) The display control device 100 changes the concealment notice holding pattern based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information into a notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Therefore, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the concealment holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(18) When the display control apparatus 100 shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, the concealed advance notice holding pattern is displayed as the mixed winning expectation inside a plurality of types of notice holding patterns Because the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the lottery information is changed, the player can not recognize the expectation of the result of the internal lottery until the combined winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 keeps the player's attention to the game until the combination winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE after displaying the concealment notice holding pattern on the symbol display device 47. can do.

(19) Since the display control device 100 maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the player causes the sound emission control device 90 to store non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting non-winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c (in the main control device 60, the player is not elected. If the expected game status is switched), the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is regressed, it becomes a devotion, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression. Conversely, when the player stores the expected internal lottery information for expecting a win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the sound emission control device 90 (switching to the expected expected gaming situation in the main control 60) If it is confirmed, the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, it will be a depression and if it is maintained, it will be a spirit. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(20) The hold shift process shifts the sub hold information stored in the second sub hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Then, the pachinko machine 10, by the time of shifting the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, either non-winning expected gaming status or winning expected gaming status for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and when the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high, if it becomes a winning expectation gaming situation, it becomes a cheering rink, and a non-winning expectation is expected. If it becomes a game situation, it will be depressed. In addition, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and when the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is low, if it becomes a winning expectation gaming situation, it will be depressed and a non-winning expectation gaming situation If it becomes it, it will be a spirit. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, the non-winning expected gaming state and the winning expected gaming state, and combines the expectation degree of the notice holding symbol and the gaming situation. I will pay attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(21) The pachinko machine 10 is switched to the high probability mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, and then, when winning the result of the first internal lottery, about combined winning expected internal lottery information, If the non-winning expected game situation is determined and the result of the first internal lottery is not won, the winning expected game situation is determined for the combined winning expected internal lottery information. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Seventh Embodiment
Hereinafter, a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the sixth embodiment, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in effect, the electronic combination game starts to progress regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball on the through gate 41 is detected. I did not.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects the winning of the game ball on the through gate 41, the electronic combination game progress is performed regardless of whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress. It differs from the fifth embodiment in that it starts.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the main control unit 60 executes processing different from that of the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the processing for the electronic wave support is different from that of the sixth embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the processing for electronic-support combination in the present embodiment will be described.

<Processing for telegraph support>
FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a process for support for electronic combination according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
In the electronic-support-support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809, as shown in FIG. The present embodiment differs from the sixth embodiment in that the MPU 62 does not execute the process of step S802.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects the winning of the game ball on the through gate 41, it starts the progress of the electronic combination game regardless of whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. Therefore, the special hold can be generated during the open / close execution mode.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect determination process is different from the sixth embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described.

<About the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 73 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute effects for game use, effects for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116 as shown in FIG. The present embodiment is different from the sixth embodiment in that the MPU 62 executes the processes of steps S2117F and S2118F before performing the process of step S2116.

  In step S2117F, the MPU 92 determines whether an ending command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2117F that the ending command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2116 and subsequent steps as in the sixth embodiment.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ending command is received in step S2117F, it executes the comprehensive expectation notification process in step S2118F.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the overall expectation notification process.
In the overall expectation notification process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2901F to S2905F as shown in FIG.
In step S2901F, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side storage area SRb has a high expectation of prior notification holding.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is a high expectation pre-order hold, the MPU 92 sets a high expectation state notification command in step S2902F. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the general expectation degree notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the high expectation state notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The high expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute high expectation state notification effect based on the high expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 executes the high expectation state notification effect.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is not a high anticipation pre-order hold, in step S2903F, the second sub-area SRb2 or the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reserve area SRb3 is high. It is determined whether there is anticipatory hold of the degree of expectation.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high-prediction-prediction hold, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2905F described later.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is not a high expectation preview hold, in step S2904F the high expectation preview hold in the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub storage area SRb. Determine if there is.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2904F that there is a high expectation pre-order hold, the MPU 92 executes the process from step S2902F described above.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high expectation preview hold or if it determines in step S2904F that there is not a high expectation preview hold, the low expectation status notification Set the command. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the general expectation degree notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the low expectation status notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The low expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute the low expectation state notification effect based on the low expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes the low expectation state notification effect.

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the display screen, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the pass / fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 75 (A) is a view showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode when the second holding lamp unit is not turned on. is there. FIG. 75 (B) is a diagram showing a display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 75 (A). FIG. 75C is a diagram showing the display screen G in the first variation display in the case of the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after FIG. 75B. FIG. 75 (D) is a diagram showing a display screen G when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of FIG. 75 (C).
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 37 and FIG. 75, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 75 (A), the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 75 (A), the maximum number of lighting of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL21, in the case where the “most favorable result” is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is in the block BL21 when the “first advantage result” is not obtained in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 22, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 75 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL22, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 75 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. Note that FIG. 75 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first change display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL22, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL21 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL22 (see dotted arrow in the drawing).

  FIG. 76 is a diagram showing the display screen, the first holding lamp unit, and the second holding lamp unit of the symbol display device in the opening / closing execution mode. Specifically, FIG. 76 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G in stay in the open / close execution mode. FIG. 76 (B) is a diagram showing the display screen G in a state in which the high expectation state alerting effect is being performed in the waiting time for ending. FIG. 76 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G in a state in which the low expectation state alerting effect is being performed in the waiting time for ending.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, when detecting the winning of the game ball on the through gate 41, the MPU 62 advances the electronic combination game time regardless of whether the open / close execution mode is in progress or not. Since it starts, as shown in FIG. 76 (A), special hold can be generated during the open / close execution mode. In FIG. 76A, the number of lighting of the second hold lamp portion 49b (the number of occurrences of special hold) is four at maximum.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, since the game times after ending the opening / closing execution mode are in the second variation display, the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and the support mode does not light the first holding lamp portion in the first embodiment. The flow is the same as in the case (from block BL23 in FIG. 37, see FIG. 38E, FIG. 39, and FIG. 40).

Here, in FIG. 76 (A), since the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four at the maximum, when the “most favorable result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. To transition to the long-term high frequency support mode as described above. In other words, the player expects to win in one revolution while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.
Further, in FIG. 76 (A), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four, which is the maximum. Therefore, in the case where the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. If the game results in "the most advantageous result" after the second two game runs, as described above, it does not shift to the long-term high-frequency support mode. In other words, the player expects non-winning in two turns after staying in the short-term frequent support mode.
Further, in FIG. 76 (A), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four at the maximum, so in the case where the “most favorable result” is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. If there is a "most advantageous result" in the subsequent two game rounds, and if it is a "most advantageous result" in the third game round, as described above, long-term high frequency Transition to support mode. In other words, the player expects to win the third turn after staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, the player is expected to be elected in the rotation based on the special hold relating to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B21. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information which has generated the special suspension relating to the suspension pattern placed on the pedestal B21 functions as the winning expectation internal lottery information that the player is expected to win.
Also, the player is placed on the pedestals B22 and B23 when the player does not achieve the “most favorable result” by the rotation based on the special retention associated with the retention pattern placed on the pedestal B21. In the rotation based on the special hold relating to the hold pattern, non-winning is expected, and in the rotation based on the special hold relating to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B 24, a winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information in which the special suspension pertaining to the suspended pattern placed on the pedestals B22 and B23 is generated functions as the non-election expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be not elected. Then, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the special suspension relating to the on-hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 functions as the winning expectation internal lottery information that the player is expected to win.

In the waiting time for ending, when the MPU 102 receives the high expectation state notification command from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 76 (B), the MPU 102 executes a high expectation state notification effect. In the high expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 displays a school of fish on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47.
In other words, the MPU 102 has a high degree of expectation to shift to the long-term high-frequency support mode (when the advance notice information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B21 is high expectation, or pedestals B21 to B23). The high expectation state is when the advance notice information pertaining to the special hold placed on top is not the high expectation degree, and the advance notice information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B 24 is the high expectation degree) Perform notification effect.

Further, in the waiting time for ending, when the low expectation status notification command is received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 executes the low expectation status notification effect as shown in FIG. 76 (C). In the low expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 displays a small number of fish on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47.
In other words, the MPU 102 executes the low expectation state notification effect when the degree of expectation for transitioning to the long-term high-frequency support mode is low.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the general expectation degree notification process is performed to the lower operation opening 37 by temporarily switching the lower operation opening 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode in the main control device 60. Special internal lottery information when sub-side suspension information is stored in the sub-side suspension information storage area 94c in the order of game ball entry as at least one special internal lottery information (sub-side internal lottery information causing special suspension) It functions as a comprehensive expectation degree judging means for comprehensively judging the expectation degree of. Further, the overall expectation notification process also functions as an overall expectation notification means for notifying the player of the expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the overall expectation determination means.

Further, in the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process comprehensively determines the expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation of the winning expectation internal lottery information. doing.
In the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process comprehensively determines the expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation of the winning expectation internal lottery information. However, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined on the basis of other information. For example, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined based on the result of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the result of the winning expected internal lottery information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing temporarily switch the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode during the open / close execution mode In the processing, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information in the waiting time for ending. In other words, the general expectation notification process shifts the expectation of the special internal lottery information to the execution area SAE by shifting the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb to the execution area SAE by the hold shift process. The player is informed before the
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing temporarily switch the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. In the notification process, after switching the lower operation port 37 from the high frequency support mode to the low frequency support mode, the expectation of the special internal lottery information may be notified to the player in the waiting time for ending.
In the present embodiment, the overall expectation notification processing shifts the expectation of the special internal lottery information to the execution area SAE by shifting the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-holding area SRb in the hold shift processing. Although the player is notified before the digest is performed, for example, the special internal lottery information may be notified to the player at another timing such as after being shifted to the execution area SAE and digested.

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) Since the voice emission control device 90 is provided with the general expectation degree notification process, the player temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode by the main control device 60. Thus, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c can be comprehensively confirmed in the order in which the game balls enter the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The display control device 100 causes the symbol display device 47 to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub side hold information, so the player confirms each degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information it can. In addition, since the general expectation degree notification processing comprehensively determines the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information based on the expectation degree of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information, the player Can confirm the overall expectation of special internal lottery information. Therefore, the player can check individually the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information and the overall degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information, so the pachinko machine 10 pays attention to the player's game. The degree can be improved.

(3) The special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side holding area SRb is shifted toward the execution area SAE by the holding shift process on the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined in the general expectation degree notification process. Since the player is notified before the finalization, the main control unit 60 switches the lower operation port 37 temporarily from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode, whereby the player can move to the lower operation port 37. The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c can be comprehensively confirmed before the special internal lottery information is digested, in the order of entry of the game balls.

Eighth Embodiment
Hereinafter, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control apparatus 100 differs from the fifth embodiment in that the display control apparatus 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the advance notice generation processing and the hold shift processing are different from those of the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice suspension generation process and the hold shift process in the present embodiment will be described below.

<Preemption hold processing>
FIG. 77 is a diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice generation processing according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 executes the advance notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of the suspension generation process. In the advance notice suspension generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2507G as shown in FIG. The present embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2504G after executing the process of step S2501D.

  In step S2504G, the MPU 92 determines whether it is a special hold generated as a result of winning in the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D to determine that the short-term high-frequency support mode is selected, and the second sub-start start is suspended in step S2403D. When the memory number SRbN is set, it is determined that the special hold is performed.

If it is determined in step S2504G that the special holding is not performed, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2502D and subsequent steps as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2504G that the special side is on hold, in step S2507G, the sub side stored in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D. When the variable display based on the hold information is started, it is determined whether or not it is a non-winning expected game situation.
Specifically, the MPU 92 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first sub-side storage area SRa and the number of reservations stored in the second sub-side storage area SRb, and updates the sub at step S2404D. When starting variable display based on the sub-side suspension information stored in the storage area corresponding to the side start suspension storage number SN, it is determined whether or not it is a non-winning expected gaming situation.

If it is determined in step S2507G that the MPU 92 is not in the non-winning expected game situation, the MPU 92 executes the processing in step S2502D and the subsequent steps.
In the following description, the notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub hold area at step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion notice hold information (winning expected internal lottery information).

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2507G that it is in the non-winning expected gaming state, in step S2508G, the MPU 92 executes the processing for starting the preliminary announcement on hold of a degree for demotion. In this process, the MPU 92 selects a notice hold having the same or a higher expectation than the notice hold that has been won in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S2501D. Therefore, when the MPU 92 wins the high expectation preview hold in the lottery process of the preview hold expectation in step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation preview hold, and the lottery process in step S2501D the preview expectation If the middle expectation degree advance notice hold is selected, the high expectation degree or middle expectation degree notice hold is selected at random, and the low expectation degree notice hold is made in the lottery process of the advance notice expectation degree at step S2501D. If the player wins, he / she randomly selects one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation.

  In step S2509G, the MPU 92 is the first storage area of the vacant storage areas of the sub-side pending area, that is, the sub-side start pending storage count SN updated in step S2404D. And store in the corresponding storage area.

  For example, when the MPU 92 sets “1” to the second sub-side start reserve storage number SRbN at step S2403D, the MPU 92 corresponds to “2” of the second sub side start reserve storage number SRbN updated at step S2404D. In the second area SRb2, which is a storage area to be stored, the decommissioning advance notice information is stored.

  The demotion advance notice information is information for specifying generation of the demotion advance notice. In addition, information on the degree of anticipation hold expected in the lottery process of the anticipation hold expectation in step S2501D, information on the degree of anticipation on the present anticipation hold, and information on the degree of anticipacy hold on the anticipation hold in step S2501D It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-start start storage number SN, and information indicating that it is a notice for the demotion for demoting the expectation of the notice hold. Here, the MPU 92 sets the degree of anticipation of the anticipation hold selected in the process of starting the anticipation for anticipation of anticipation for demotion in step S2508G as the degree of anticipation of the present anticipation hold.

  Here, the pre-description notice hold information stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is included in the hold display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D described above. Then, the pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, the data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute generation of the preliminary notice suspension for demotion based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the notice holding pattern, and notifies the player of the occurrence of the notice for the demotion for the demotion.

In addition, the pattern of the preview for demotion for promotion is different from the normal pattern for the suspension of preview.
Specifically, as described above, in the normal advance notice pattern (the advance advance hold pattern), the low expectation advance notice pattern is a first advance notice pattern in which one scallop is placed on a plate. (See FIG. 60 (A)) The middle expectation degree notice holding pattern is a notice holding pattern (see FIG. 60 (B)) in which three scallops are placed on a plate, and a high expectation degree notice holding The pattern is a second notice holding pattern (see FIG. 60C) in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.
On the other hand, in the pattern of the preview for demotion, the pattern of low expectation is the second preview with a large amount of scallops placed on the plate (see FIG. 60 (C)). The predicted pattern of expected degree is the one with three scallops placed on the plate (see Fig. 60 (B)), and the pattern of high expected degree of notice places one scallop on the plate. FIG. 60 (A) shows the first fore refusing pattern (see FIG. 60A).
In other words, in the normal preview pattern, the scallops on the plate increase with the expectation of the forecasting increase, and the scallops on the plate decrease with the decline in the expectation of the forecasting. In addition, in the pattern of the preview for relegation, the scallop on the plate decreases with the increase in the expectation of the prediction, and the scallop on the plate increases with the decrease in the expectation of the prediction.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the plurality of types of notice holding patterns have a first notice holding pattern and a second notice holding pattern different from the first notice holding pattern. Then, when the display control apparatus 100 gives notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information (preliminary notice hold information) for executing variable display in the winning expectation game situation, the first notice hold pattern has a low degree of expectation While making it a notice reservation pattern, the second notice holding pattern is a notice of high expectation. Further, when the display control device 100 gives notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) that executes variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the first notice holding pattern has high expectation level The second preview pending pattern is used as the second expected pending pattern of low expectation.

<Pending shift process>
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the pending shift process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 executes the hold shift process in step S2304D of the hold determination process. In the reserve shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710G, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub hold information stored in the sub hold area based on the contents of the hold shift command. Note that the present embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2711G and the subsequent steps after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D.

  In step S2711G, it is determined whether or not the sub-side hold information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side hold area is the deprecation notice holding information.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2711G that it is the preliminary announcement suspension information for demotion, in step S2712G, the MPU 92 executes the preliminary announcement on-hold expectation demotion process. In the preliminary holding expectation degree of demotion processing, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the degree of expectation of preliminary holding. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the preliminary holding expectation level demotion process.

Here, the forecasting degree of expectation demotion processing is the forecasting degree of forecasting when the current forecasting degree of expectation is higher than the forecasting degree of expectation obtained in the lottery process of the previewing expectation of step S2501D described above. Is demoted in stages with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).
Note that, in the present embodiment, the anticipation detention degree of demotion processing degrades the anticipation degree of detention degree by one step at a predetermined probability, but the deplacing process may not be performed stepwise, and it is possible It may be demoted.

  For example, the second sub side is the second preview side of the preliminary notice holding information for the demotion with the low degree of expectation of the preliminary hold held in the lottery process of the preliminary hold expectation of the step S2501D and the high degree of expectation of the current preliminary hold. When shifting from the second area SRb2 of the reserve area SRb to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation for the anticipation hold with a 50% probability in the foreclosure hold expectation demotion processing in step S2712G. Maintain and demote to medium expectations with a 50% chance. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reserve area SRb when the current degree of anticipation hold is lowered to the medium expectation in the preliminary hold anticipation demotion process of step S2712G. The degree of expectation of the current notice hold included in the notice hold information for demotion is updated to the medium degree of expectation.

  After the MPU 92 has executed the preliminary holding anticipation degree demotion processing of step S2712G, or if it is determined in step S2711G that the information is not preliminary deferral holding information for demotion, the sub is shifted to the storage area of the sub holding area in step S2708G. It is determined whether the side hold information is promotion advance notice information.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2708G that the information is the advance notice suspension information for promotion, the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension degree of promotion processing in step S2709D. In this advance notice pending expectation promotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for promoting the expectation of the advance notice. Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice expectation level of promotion process.

Here, the forecasting degree of expectation upgrading is the forecasting degree of forecasting when the current forecasting degree of expectation is lower than the forecasting degree of forecasting that was won in the lottery process of the forecasting forecasting degree of step S2501D described above. Is promoted in stages with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).
Note that, in the present embodiment, in the process of promoting the anticipation of anticipation of anticipation, the anticipation degree of anticipation of anticipating an appreciation is promoted stepwise by one step at a predetermined probability, but may not be promoted stepwise. It may be promoted.

  For example, assuming that the degree of expectation of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of the step S2501 D is a high expectation, and the degree of the expectation of the current notice hold is a low expectation When shifting from the fourth area SRa4 of the reserve area SRa to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation of the advance notice low at the probability of 50% with the low expectation degree in the advance announcement hold expectation degree promotion process of step S2709D. Maintain and promote 50% chance to medium expectations. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa when the current forecasting expectation level is promoted to the medium expectation level in the preview holding expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. In addition, the expectation of the current preview hold included in the preview hold information for promotion is updated to the medium expectation level.

  Further, for example, the anticipation hold information for promotion, which has the expectation of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation of the step S2501D as the high expectation and the expectation degree of the present notice hold as the medium expectation When shifting from the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2 of the sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the advance notice pending at the probability of 50% to the middle expectation degree in the advance notice expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. Keep it as it is and promote it to a high degree of expectation with a probability of 50%. Note that the MPU 92 is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-holding area SRa when the current forecasting degree of expectation is promoted to a high degree of expectation in the process of forecasting holding anticipation at step S2709D. In addition, the expectation of the current notice hold included in the notice hold for promotion is updated to have a high degree of expectation.

  After executing the notice holding expectation degree promotion processing of step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708G that the notice is not advance notice holding information for promotion, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift command in step S2710G. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. Here, the various sub side suspension information stored in the sub side suspension information storage area 94c is included in the suspension display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S2005 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 executes, on the symbol display device 47, the normal hold and advance notice shift and the ups and downs of the notice hold expectation based on the hold display shift command sent from the MPU 92. The data table is read from the program ROM 103. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift of the normal hold and the advance notice, and the expected degree of the advance notice.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process is performed as hold shift means for shifting the sub hold information stored in the first sub hold area SRa and the second sub hold area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays a plurality of types of notice holding patterns (notice holding pattern with low expectation degree, notice holding pattern with medium expectation degree, and high expectation degree) for giving notice of the expectation degree of the sub side hold information. Functions as a holding pattern control means for displaying on the symbol display device 47 the previous notice holding pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice holding pattern is a plurality of kinds of notice holding patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, that is, the notice holding pattern of low expectation, the notice holding pattern of middle expectation, and high expectation It is equipped with a notice for the advance notice.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the patterns of the low, medium, and high expectations of the degree of expectation indicate changes in the degree of expectation by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the notice hold pattern may indicate a change in the degree of expectation by changing other features such as color.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the notice hold for promotion, and maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, after shifting the sub-side hold information to the execution area SAE, the expectation of the notice holding pattern maintains the same degree of expectation.
The display control apparatus 100 may maintain or raise or lower the expectation of the notice holding pattern when shifting various sub-side holding information toward the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, When the sub-side hold information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the expectation of the advance notice hold pattern may be maintained without being raised or lowered, or may be always raised or lowered. In addition, the expectation of the notice holding pattern may shift the expectation after shifting the sub hold information to the execution area SAE, and maintain or move the expectation independently of the shift of the sub hold information. It is also good. In short, the display control device 100 may maintain, promote, or demote the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern. In addition, although the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demoshes the expectation of the advance notice pending pattern, the normal hold pattern may be promoted to the advance notice hold pattern of each expectation, and the advance hold of each expectation is held. The pattern may be demoted to a normally reserved pattern. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may demote the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the notice holding information for promotion.

<About the flow at the time of transition to the lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be described.

  After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main process activated in response to power on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win in the upper operation opening 36 than the lower operation opening 37, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The gaming ball is to be won in the upper operation opening 36. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34A, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36, and the first variation display is in progress. On the other hand, since the gaming ball hardly wins in the lower operation opening 37, the second holding lamp portion 49b is turned off. In FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a is four.

In the block BL11, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result as shown in FIG. 34 (B). The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.
In the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 38b is set to an open state where the game ball can be won, so the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player turning the launch handle 27 is a big win It will be won in the mouth 38a. Here, since the upper operation opening 36 is provided on the path for winning the game ball in the large winning opening 38a, the game is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27. The ball will also be awarded to the upper actuation opening 36.

  Note that the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is in the block BL11, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

In the block BL12, when the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 34 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 34 (D) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL12, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.
The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL11 when the gaming round of three revolutions is completed without being a "big hit" in the block BL12 (see the dotted arrow in the drawing).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL13). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL13, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the content of the fluctuation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “CHANNEL TIME AFTER 1 ROTATION” below the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 so that the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (short term high frequency support mode) is Informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

  In the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 than the upper operation opening 36, so the game ball is ejected from the game ball emission mechanism 81 when the player rotates the emission handle 27. The game ball is to be won in the lower operation opening 37. Therefore, the second holding lamp unit 49 b lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 81 as the player rotates the launch handle 27 also wins the upper operation opening 36. In other words, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are disposed in the same path. Therefore, the first holding lamp unit 49a lights up according to the number of holding game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36. In FIG. 34E, the maximum number of lightings of the first holding lamp unit 49a and the second holding lamp unit 49b is four.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 79 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34 (E).
When winning in the lower operation opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. A pattern is placed on pedestals B21 to B24 and generated.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the high-prediction-prediction-preventing pattern placed on the pedestal B11 onto the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92. I am doing it.

  Here, the hold display generation command includes various notice hold information. The various types of advance notice holding information are information for specifying that a notice hold should occur. Further, as described above, the various types of advance notice information include information related to the expected degree of advance notice held in the lottery process of the expected degree of advance notice in step S2501D, and information related to the expected degree of the current advance hold. It includes the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-start start storage number SN updated in step S2404D, and the information indicating that it is a notice for suspension for demotion to demote the expectation of the notice suspension.

In the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a low expectation degree, and the expectation degree of the present notice hold. The information concerned is assumed to be medium expectation, and the information concerning the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The advance notice holding information is the demotion advance notice information, and includes information indicating that it is a demotion advance notice for lowering the expectation degree of the advance hold.
Further, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the information concerning the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501 D is a medium expectation, and the expectation of the present notice holding The information related to the degree is assumed to be medium expectation, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side storage area SRb. When the preliminary hold information has been elected to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the high probability mode by the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing (while in the short-term high-frequency support mode) In the case of “the most advantageous result”, it is determined in step S2507G that there is a non-winning expected gaming status, so it is the deferment reserve notification information, and it is for demotion to lower the expectation of the notice reserve. It contains information indicating that the advance notice is pending. In addition, after this preliminary notice hold information is switched to the high probability mode by the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, if the result of the first internal lottery is not won (stay in short-term high frequency support mode) In the case where the “most favorable result” is not obtained), it is determined in step S2507G that the game condition is not the non-winning expected gaming state, so it is the advance notice suspension information for promotion, and the demolition to demote the expectation of the advance notice pending. It does not contain information indicating that it is foreclosure.
Furthermore, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is a high expectation and the expectation of the present notice holding. The information relating to the degree is assumed to be medium expectation, and the information relating to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side storage area SRb. This advance notice suspension information is promotion advance notice suspension information, and does not include information indicating that it is a demotion advance notice suspension for lowering the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.
Therefore, based on the contents of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 places and generates a notice display pattern of medium expected degree on the pedestals B22 to B24.
Note that, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102 places a normally reserved pattern on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four at the maximum, so when the “most advantageous result” is obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects non-winning in three revolutions before entering the special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects one to win in one revolution after entering the special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).
Further, in FIG. 34 (E), the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b is four, which is the maximum. Therefore, when the "most favorable result" is not obtained while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. As described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects non-winning in two turns before becoming a special gaming state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in two turns after becoming a special gaming state ( Expected winning game situation).

Therefore, in the case of the rotation based on the special hold pertaining to the holding pattern placed on the pedestals B21 and B22, the player has reached the "most advantageous result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and In any case where it is not an advantageous result, a non-win will be expected.
In addition, in the case of the rotation based on the special hold pertaining to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the player is "the most advantageous result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode (non-winning expected gaming situation ) Is expected to be non-winning, and when it is not the “most advantageous result” (winning expected game situation), it is expected to be winning.

Furthermore, in the case of the rotation based on the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the player gets "the most advantageous result" while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "most favorable result" Even if it does not become "", it will expect a prize in any case.
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 35, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  In the block BL13, in the case where the "most favorable result" is obtained in the first variation display (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (A), the symbol display device 47 is identical as a stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. FIG. 35 (A) shows the case where “the most advantageous result” is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to the block BL13, so the MPU 102 displays the symbol display device 47. In the upper left of the screen G, "high-speed middle two-turn" is displayed.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S 2203 in block BL 14, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (B), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a notice holding pattern and a normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen of the symbol display after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 80 is a view showing the notice holding pattern and the normal holding pattern displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35 (B).
Based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB, as shown in FIG.
If the MPU 102 determines that the current forecasting suspension expectation level has been moved up or down based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, then the previewed reservation pattern after lifting or lowering is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. Place on and shift.
On the other hand, the MPU 102 changes the notice holding pattern when it is determined that the current preview holding expectation degree is not moved up or down based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92. And mounted on pedestals B21 to B23 for shifting.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the scallop on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a low expectation, so 50% It is identified with the probability of demoting the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts a low expectation type preview image on the pedestal B21.
Here, as described above, the notice holding information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the notice holding information for the demotion, and it is the notice holding for the demotion to which the expectation degree of the notice holding is to be lowered. Contains information indicating. In the relegation foreclosure, the low expectation foreclosure pattern is a second foreclosure image with a large amount of scallops placed on a plate.

Further, in FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is assumed to be medium expectation. It has not been identified as having downgraded the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the medium-predictive-prediction notice holding pattern on the pedestal B22.
Here, as described above, the advance notice information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 is a notice for demotion when it is the “most favorable result” while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is information on hold, and includes information indicating that it is a notice for the demotion for demotion to lower the expectation of the notice hold. In the relegation foreclosure, the middle expectation degree foreclosure image is a foreclosure image with three scallops placed on a plate.

Further, in FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the high expectation degree preview image on the pedestal B23.
Here, as described above, the notice holding information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B 24 is the notice holding information for promotion, and is the notice holding for demotion that lowers the expectation degree of the notice holding. Does not contain information indicating In the promotion foreclosure, the high-prediction-prediction-preserved pattern becomes a second fore- notice-pocketed pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

In the case where the pachinko machine 10 in the block BL14 consumes three rounds of game play without becoming a "big hit" (see the dotted arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 33, the low probability mode and low frequency support The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 35 (C), since the rest of the hold information stored in the second result display area Rb is only one in the second variation display, the second hold lamp 49b is not lit. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 35 (D), the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35 (E), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, since the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. 35, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is one rotation. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special gaming state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is four or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, since the player is expected to not win the non-winning expected gaming condition, the previewing pattern of the degree of expectation lower than that of the high-prediction-prediction-preserving pattern (the first preview-holding pattern) In addition to expecting a notice of a pending notice of the symbol, it is also expected to demote a notice of a pending notice.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the expected game condition for winning, the previewing picture with a higher degree of expectation (second previewing) than the previewing picture with a low expectation (the first notice holding pattern) is expected. As well as expecting a reserved pattern), it is also expected to promote the advance reserved pattern.
In other words, the player is more likely to expect the second notice holding pattern than the first notice holding pattern regardless of the game condition of the winning expectation game condition and the non-winning expectation game condition, so pachinko The machine 10 can clarify the judgment criteria of the player.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 36, the flow at the time of transition of the lottery mode and the support mode will be further described.

  The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, in the block BL13, when it does not become the “most advantageous result” in the first variation display (see dotted arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode (Block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 reports the value of the high probability count counter STC based on the content of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (A), the MPU 102 displays the game "2 high-speed and 2 high-rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to stay in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. Note that the number of revolutions of the game play staying in the high probability mode will decrease with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC.

  Here, when the MPU 62 determines that the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb is present based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The game information given priority to the hold information stored in the second result display area reserved area Rb is given priority regardless of whether or not there is the hold information stored in the first result display area reserved area Ra based on the winning of the ball. Set for digestion of Therefore, the game play is in the second change display mode.

The MPU 102 shifts the hold pattern toward the execution pedestal AB based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, as in FIG.
If the MPU 102 determines that the current forecasting suspension expectation level has been moved up or down based on the content of the suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, then the previewed reservation pattern after lifting or lowering is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. Place on and shift.
On the other hand, the MPU 102 changes the notice holding pattern when it is determined that the current preview holding expectation degree is not moved up or down based on the contents of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92. And mounted on pedestals B21 to B23 for shifting.
In addition, the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the scallop on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a low expectation, so 50% It is identified with the probability of demoting the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places, on the pedestal B21, a low-predicted-prediction-prediction symbol on the pedestal B21 and shifts it.
Here, as described above, the notice holding information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the notice holding information for the demotion, and it is the notice holding for the demotion to which the expectation degree of the notice holding is to be lowered. Contains information indicating. In the relegation foreclosure, the low expectation foreclosure pattern is a second foreclosure image with a large amount of scallops placed on a plate.

Further, in FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice hold elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D is assumed to be medium expectation. It has never been identified as having promoted the current forecasting expectation. In this case, as in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the middle expected degree preview image on the pedestal B22.
Here, as described above, the advance notice information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 is promoted if it does not become the “most advantageous result” during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is for-the-preceding reservation information, and does not include information indicating that it is the foreclosure holding for demotion that lowers the degree of expectation of the foreclosure holding. In the promotion foreclosure, the medium-predicted-for-prediction-on-hold pattern becomes a foreclosure-on-hold pattern in which three scallops are placed on a plate.

Further, in FIG. 79, in the notice holding pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation degree of the notice holding elected in the lottery process of the notice holding expectation of step S2501D has a high degree of expectation. It is identified that the current forecasting expectation has been promoted with a 50% probability. In this case, as in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts a high-predictive-prediction notice holding pattern on the pedestal B23.
Here, as described above, the notice holding information pertaining to the special hold placed on the pedestal B 24 is the notice holding information for promotion, and is the notice holding for demotion that lowers the expectation degree of the notice holding. Does not contain information indicating In the promotion foreclosure, the high-prediction-prediction-preserved pattern becomes a second fore- notice-pocketed pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 33, supports the low probability mode and the low frequency as shown in FIG. The mode is set (block BL15). In block BL15, when the hold information stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37, that is, the second variation display is in progress in the block 102. In addition, based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it notifies that it is a special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special gaming state notification determination processing in step S2210 in block BL15, as shown in FIG. 35C, the MPU 102 displays the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Is displayed to notify that the game is in the special game state. In FIG. 36 (B), since the remainder of the suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb is two including one in the second variation display, the second suspension lamp 49b The number of lights on is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL12 when the "big hit" is obtained in the block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).

  In the block BL15, when the second variable display results in "the most advantageous result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. 36C, the symbol display device 47 is the same as the stop result. The symbol combination having a number (e.g., 7 · 7 · 7) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 goes into the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode (block BL16). The MPU 92 executes high probability count notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL16, and executes the game count notification determination processing in step S2207, so that the MPU 102 is based on the contents of the change start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the value of the high probability number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 (D), the MPU 102 displays the game "3 high and middle turn in high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It is informed that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays “34 times after the chance time” under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode (long-term high frequency support mode) is Report that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high probability mode decreases with the decrease of the value of the high probability number counter STC, and the number of rotations of the game times staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of times counter RTC Will decrease with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts again to the block BL16 when the "big hit" is obtained in the first change display or the second change display in the block BL16 (see the solid line arrow in the drawing).
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 does not become the “most advantageous result” in the second variation display in the block BL15 (see dotted arrow in the drawing), or in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second variation display If 34 rounds of game play have been completed without being a "big hit" in the variable display (see the dotted arrow in the figure), the process moves to block BL11.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variable display results in the "most advantageous result" (see the solid arrow in the drawing) in the special gaming state of the block BL15. . Therefore, the special gaming state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is made when the “most advantageous result” is obtained in the second variable display.
In FIG. 34E, the number of lighting of the second storage lamp 49b is four at maximum, so in the example of FIG. 36, the number of rotations of the second variation display in the special gaming state is two rotations. It becomes. Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per one rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lightings of the second holding lamp unit 49b is three or more while staying in the short-term frequent support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, since the player is expected to not win the non-winning expected gaming condition, the previewing pattern of the degree of expectation lower than that of the high-prediction-prediction-preserving pattern (the first preview-holding pattern) In addition to expecting a notice of a pending notice of the symbol, it is also expected to demote a notice of a pending notice.
In addition, since the player is expected to win in the expected game condition for winning, the previewing picture with a higher degree of expectation (second previewing) than the previewing picture with a low expectation (the first notice holding pattern) is expected. As well as expecting a reserved pattern), it is also expected to promote the advance reserved pattern.
In other words, the player is more likely to expect the second notice holding pattern than the first notice holding pattern regardless of the game condition of the winning expectation game condition and the non-winning expectation game condition, so pachinko The machine 10 can clarify the judgment criteria of the player.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition process switches from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end process, and then the second result display area reserve area Rb. Functions as the most advantageous gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) advantageous to the player when winning the internal lottery result associated with the hold information stored in Do.
In other words, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing, the gaming state transition processing is triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the lower operation opening 37 The most advantageous gaming state transition means to shift the gaming state to the long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed. Act as.

  In the present embodiment, the game state transition process is performed by switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end process, and then entering the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 The game state is transferred to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable gaming state) which is more advantageous for the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the Based on other conditions, the gaming state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. In short, when the game state transition process is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 as a trigger, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 The gaming state may be transitioned to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode based on a combination of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term frequent support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the change end processing are switched to the high probability mode when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Triggered by notification of a result of an internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in the present embodiment) of suspension information smaller than the number of suspension information stored in the second result display area Rb Switch from high probability mode to low probability mode. Therefore, by the time the notification rate of the high probability mode is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of holding information smaller than the number of the plurality of holding information stored in the second result display holding area Rb, There is a probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high probability mode has a probability of winning a lottery of 1/3 within 3 turns.

  On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning a 1/3 lottery within 3 revolutions and the probability of winning a 1/30 lottery within the remaining 31 revolutions. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high probability mode.

  In the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode plays more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode The gaming state is advantageous for the player, but may be advantageous for the player by setting other conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. The winning expectation gaming state is switched to the non-winning expecting gaming state, triggered by the entry of the gaming ball into the operation opening 37. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected gaming situation to the winning expected gaming situation, triggered by having digested a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side pending information in the pending shift process. Therefore, the main control device 60 switches the game situation switching between the non-winning expected game situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery and the expected game situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery. It functions as a means.

  In the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode at the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Switching from winning expectation gaming status to non-win expecting gaming status triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation opening 37 and digesting a predetermined number (three in the present embodiment) of sub-side suspension information in the suspension shift process The non-winning expected gaming status is switched to the winning expected gaming status triggered by the, but the non-winning expected gaming status and the winning expected gaming status may be switched triggered by other than these.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the high-probability number notification determination process of step S2203 reports the number of rotations of game times staying in the high-probability mode, and the number-of-games notification determination process of step S2207 is a high-frequency support mode In the frequency support mode, the number of rotations of the game times to stay is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of revolutions of the game round staying in the non-winning expected gaming state or the number of revolutions of the gaming round staying in the winning expected gaming state.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operation and effect as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment, the following operation and effect can be exhibited.
(15) Since the display control device 100 maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the fluctuation display in the winning expectation gaming situation, the player has an expectation of the notice holding pattern. It will pay attention to whether to promote or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player will be satisfied and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the display control device 100 maintains or downgrades the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the variable display in the non-winning expectation gaming situation, the player has an expectation of the notice holding pattern It will pay attention to whether or not to demote. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player will be satisfied, and if maintained, it will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), it becomes a jealousy, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(16) Since the display control device 100 maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the main control unit 60 switches to the non-winning expected gaming state, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display unit 47, and the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is If it is demoted, it will become an enthusiasm, and if maintained, it will be depressed. Conversely, when the main control unit 60 switches to the expected winning gaming condition, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display unit 47, and the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is downgraded. It will be depressed, and if maintained it will become a spirit of enthusiasm. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

(17) The display control apparatus 100 lowers the first notice holding pattern when the notice of the expectation of the sub-side hold information (preliminary notice holding information) for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation is predicted. And the second notice-pending pattern is a notice of high expectation, so the player confirms the notice-pending pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and uses the second notice-pending pattern. If this is the case, it will be a devotion, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it will be a depression. Further, when the display control device 100 gives notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) that executes variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the first notice holding pattern has high expectation level And the second preview-pending pattern is the low-prediction-prediction-preserving pattern, so the player confirms the preview-pending pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47 and uses the second preview-pending pattern. If this is the case, it will be a devotion, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it will be a depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the symbol display device 47, and the second notice holding picture may be used regardless of the winning expectation gaming state and the non-winning expectation gaming state. In this case, the pachinko machine 10 can make the player's judgment criteria clearer, because the first notice holding pattern results in depression.

In the present embodiment, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when the "most advantageous result" is obtained while staying in the short-term frequent support mode, and the "most advantageous result" is maintained during the short-term frequent support mode It is easy to migrate if you do not. In other words, the most advantageous game state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger, and the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 It is easy to shift when the player does not win the result of the internal lottery executed with the ball entering.
According to this, the pachinko machine 10, the game situation expecting the winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger, and the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 It is possible to switch between a game situation (during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode) that expects non-winning of the internal lottery executed as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game. This point is the same in each of the embodiments.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 is configured to use sub-side hold information (promotional advance notice hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. When anticipating the degree of expectation, the first preliminary announcement holding pattern is set as a low expectation degree preliminary prediction pattern, and the second preliminary announcement holding pattern is set as a high degree of expectation preliminary notification pattern.
Therefore, in the gaming situation (other than staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode), the player expects the symbol display device 47 to expect the winning of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. The notice holding pattern to be displayed is confirmed, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it becomes disapproval, and if it is the second notice holding pattern, it becomes the spirit board. In addition, in the gaming situation (during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode), the player expects the non-winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. The notice holding pattern to be displayed is confirmed, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it will be a slogan, and if it is the second notice holding pattern, it will be a depression.

For example, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102 is based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the high-prediction-prediction notice pattern (second notice hold pattern) placed on the pedestal B11. ) Is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted. In this example, since the game situation (during the short-term high-frequency support mode) is expected to be non-winning of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36, the player is a symbol The second advance notice holding pattern displayed on the display device 47 is confirmed, and the game is depressed.
On the other hand, when announcing the expectation of the special hold generated in the lower operation opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode, as described above, the player is expected to have a winning expectation gaming situation and The pachinko machine 10 clarifies the judgment criteria of the player because the second notice holding pattern is expected more than the first notice holding pattern even in any game situation of the non-winning expected game situation. be able to.
According to this, the values of the first preview holding pattern and the second preview holding pattern are associated with the sub-side holding associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. It is different in the case of giving a notice of the expectation of information and the case of giving a notice of the expectation of the sub-side hold information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Thus, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and modifications, improvements, and the like as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once for one round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the opening and closing of the large winning opening 38a multiple times in one round game.
(2) In the above embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, a predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses, or a game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches the predetermined upper limit number, the open / close door 38b is set in the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be varied according to the upper limit continuation time, and the condition for setting the open / close door 38b again in the closed state is arbitrary.

(3) In the above embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. Therefore, the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to be different according to the distribution result. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to be different for each round in one opening / closing execution mode.

(4) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes by setting the open / close door 38b in the open state, and then the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a reaches the predetermined upper limit number. The door 38b was again set in the closed state. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger opening for setting the open / close door 38b in the closed state in response to the game ball entering the ball, and this end is made by a predetermined time elapsed. It may be configured to enable entry into the opening.
(5) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 closes the open / close door 38b again when the predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state. It was set to. On the other hand, for example, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the open / close door 38b is set by the passage of a predetermined time from when the winning of the special winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state again after setting the open / close door 38b in the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the open / close door 38b in the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the open / close door 38b in the closed state again.
(7) In each of the embodiments, the upper limit duration time of the short time mode is set shorter than the firing cycle of the gaming ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration time of the short time mode is a time greater than or equal to the firing cycle of the gaming ball, and less than n times (n = 1, 2, 3) of the firing cycle of the gaming ball It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two open / close execution modes. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 performs an open / close execution mode in which the round game is executed twice in the upper limit continuation time in the short time mode, and an open / close execution mode in which the round game is executed four times in the upper limit continuation time in the long time mode. I had it. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an open / close execution mode different from the upper limit duration time mode or the number of round games executed. Further, the pachinko machine 10 changes the degree of opening of the open / close door 38b such as half open or full open instead of setting the open / close execution mode by changing the mode of the upper limit continuation time. A plurality of open / close execution modes may be set. Furthermore, the aspect of the upper limit duration may be set so that the exact upper limit duration of what appears to be the same aspect to the player is different.

(9) In each of the embodiments, the game result and the effect for the open / close execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond on a one-on-one basis. On the other hand, for example, the effects for the open / close execution mode may be randomly selected from a plurality of types of effects without being made to correspond to the game result, and may be selected by lottery from the plurality of types of effects The selection rate may be made to differ according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any of the “specially disappointing result”, the “invisible small round high probability result”, and the “explicit small round high probability result”. The information concerning the combination of special symbols is determined as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and the combination of the special symbols is the same regardless of the type of the game result. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result to make it difficult for the player to grasp which game result.

(11) In the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for lottery of jackpot occurrence, and uses jackpot type counter C2 for lottery of jackpot type when jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big hit occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big hit random number counter C1 in the type of the big hit lottery. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of outlier results of “special outlier result” and “normal outlier result”, and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number winning the jackpot occurrence. The lottery for jackpot occurrence is executed by comparing the hit / fail table with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 executes the lottery relating to the “special outlier result” by using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1. On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses the new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special out-of-order result". You may perform the lottery which concerns on "result."

(13) In each of the above embodiments, under gaming conditions where the low probability mode hit / fall table is referred to at the time of lottery for jackpot occurrence, the value of the “specially outlier” random number is two, and the jackpot occurrence In the gaming state in which the high-probability mode match table is referred to in the lottery, the value of the random number which is the "special out-of-class result" is one. In other words, in the low probability mode, the probability of the "special outlier result" is set to be higher than that in the high probability mode. On the other hand, in the low probability mode, the probability of the “special outlier result” may be set to be lower than that in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode It may be done. In addition, the probability of being an “extra outlier” may be set to 0 in at least one of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates the gaming state advantageous to the player and the gaming state disadvantageous to the player by setting the hit / fall lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the state, an advantageous gaming state for the player and an unfavorable gaming state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

(15) In each of the embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 in the first result display area holding area Ra, and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 as the second result display area By storing in the reserved area Rb, the suspension information related to the upper operation port 36 and the suspension information related to the lower operation port 37 are stored separately. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 together.
(16) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 for digesting the game time regardless of whether the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 is present or not. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 in order of winning of the respective hold information in order to digest the game times.

(17) In the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the sound emission control device 90, and the sound emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. Control of the display control apparatus 100 is executed. On the other hand, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90 to control the sound emission. Control of the apparatus 90 may be performed. The command transmitted from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, but are arbitrary. .
(18) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one control device of the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is mainly used. The controller 60 may be provided as the same controller.

(19) In each of the embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect of the game circulation was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the effects for game use are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, but are optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game circulation effect by operating a movable decoration member provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 in combination. In addition, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute effects for game use by operating the light emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 in combination. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute effects for game use by operating the combination of the decorative member and the light emitting means and the symbol display device 47.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (a winning lottery and a sorting lottery) based on the winning on the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37, and then the main display unit 45 The symbol display device 47 executes the variable display, and as a result of stopping the variable display, displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the variable display is started. You may display the result of. In this case, after the variable display is started and before the variable display is stopped, the internal lottery may be executed and the setting of the stop result or the like may be performed.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 displays the variation display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variation display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result regardless of the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the variable display, and by displaying the stop result at random, internal The result of the lottery may not be identified. In addition, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may not include the main display unit 45.

(22) In each of the embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect of the game circulation was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the symbol display device 47 may execute an effect for a game run on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (pattern) that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery.

  For example, the symbol display device 47 may set a predetermined region in at least one of the region narrower than the region displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and the region around the region displaying the symbols of each symbol row Z1 to Z3. When setting and stopping the variable display of the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, symbols indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed on the predetermined area. The symbols displayed in the predetermined area may be subjected to variable display or may not be displayed during the variable display of the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

  Here, as the symbols displayed in the predetermined area, characters, colors or patterns that are difficult for the player to identify may be adopted, or a combination of these may be adopted. Further, even if the character is not difficult to identify for the player, the color, or the pattern, it may be difficult for the player to identify by adopting mutually similar symbols or a combination thereof. According to this, the administrator of the game arcade, for example, looks at the symbol display device 47 without looking at the main display unit 45 at the end of the game run, as in the case of winning the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit It is possible to easily check whether or not the cheating attempt to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of is performed.

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate alone, but may be configured to transmit and receive information by interlocking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured such that the player can output an optical code by operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and a camera provided with information of the optical code on a mobile phone etc. The gaming machine may be configured to transmit information of the gaming machine to the web server by imaging, reading, and accessing the web site. In addition, the game machine is configured such that the information of the web server can be received by inputting the password issued by the player accessing the website to the game machine by operating the button or the like provided on the game machine. You may

(24) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been described as an example of the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, in the gaming machine of the present invention, when the gaming ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens the motorized prize a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when gaming balls enter a specific area. Further, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of gaming machine such as an arrange ball machine or a ball.

[Invention group extracted from each embodiment]
The features of the invention group extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described below. Among the features of the present invention group, the corresponding configurations in the respective embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the present invention group are not limited to the respective embodiments, and the features of the present invention group are Modifications, improvements, etc. within the range in which the object can be achieved, and combinations of the respective features are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Feature A group>
Features A1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) for shifting the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. A game machine characterized by

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature A1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention group,
A second ball storage means for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball storage unit as a trigger 2 Hold area for result display section Rb),
The gaming state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage means after switching to the second gaming state Switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state triggered by notification of the result of the selected internal lottery,
The most advantageous game state transition means is the internal lottery stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means. A gaming machine characterized by transitioning a gaming state to a most advantageous gaming state advantageous to a player when a result of an internal lottery associated with information is won.

  According to the feature group A2 of the present invention group, the gaming state switching means has a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching to the second gaming state The second gaming state is switched to the first gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state, the player expects non-winning, and then the first gaming state thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A2 of the present invention group,
The first ball storage unit (the first ball storage unit for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger) 1 Hold area Ra for result display section,
The results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage unit are associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball storage unit. A gaming machine characterized by giving priority to notification rather than the result of internal lottery.

  According to the feature A3 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball entry storage means, the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. Since the notification is given priority over the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information, the second entry is made regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the first ball entry storage means. It is possible to prioritize and notify the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the ball storage means. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry part, so the gaming machine has the degree of attention of the player to the game Can be improved.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A2 or the feature A3 of the present invention group,
In the second gaming state, an internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state is executed.

  According to the feature group A4 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes the internal lottery of the winning probability higher than the first gaming state, so that it is associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state If the result of the selected internal lottery is notified, the probability of winning is high, and if the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first gaming state, the probability of winning is low. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A4 of the present invention group,
The second gaming state when the gaming state switching means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. Switch to
A gaming machine characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state.

  Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The gaming state switching means switches to the second gaming state when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. The first game state from the second gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery that is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of a plurality of internal lottery information stored in the 2 ball storage unit storage means Switch to the game state of. Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It becomes the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry part or the second starting ball entry part as a trigger.

  According to the feature group A5 of the present invention group, the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, so the player enters the ball of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry part. Further attention will be paid to the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A5 of the present invention group,
The ball entry possible state is
A first ball-filling enabled state (high-frequency support mode of short-term electric connector opening time), in which the game balls flowing down the game area can temporarily enter the ball;
The game ball which flows down the game area can temporarily enter the ball, and at the same time, the second ball entry possible state (long-term electric winning combination) in which more game balls can be entered than the first ball entry possible state With open time frequent support mode)
The ball entering state switching means is switched to the second game state by the game state switching means, and then the second starting ball entering part can be put into the first ball entering possible state or the ball entering impossible state. A game machine characterized by switching to a second entering possible state.

  According to the feature group A6 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the first ball entry state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means. Switch to the possible state or the second enterable state. Further, the first game state and the second game state are performed when the most advantageous game state transition means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Transition the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player. According to this, the player is expected to be switched to the second ball entry possible state by the ball entry state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A6 of the present invention group,
In the second ball entry possible state, by setting the duration longer than the first ball entry possible state, it is possible to enter more game balls than in the first ball entry possible state. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, by setting the duration longer than the first ball entry possible state, the second ball entry possible state has more game balls than the first ball entry possible state. Since it is possible to enter the ball, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the first and second ball-popable states.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A6 or the feature A7 of the group of the present invention,
The ball entering state switching means is configured to change the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entering part as a trigger. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball entry possible state or the second ball entry possible state.

  According to the feature A8 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry part as a trigger, the second starting entry part Since the player switches from the non-entry state to the first entry possible state or the second entry possible state, the player is triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting entry slot as an internal drawing Pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A8 of the present invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting ball entry part as a trigger is
With the first winning outcome (“explicit small round high probability result” or “invisible small round high probability result”),
Providing a second winning result ("the most advantageous result") different from the first winning result;
The ball entering state switching means switches the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state, when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the second entry enabled condition when it results.

  According to the feature A9 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the first ball entry possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-filling state to the second ball-filling enabled state, so the player becomes the second winning result and switches the entering state. It is expected to be switched to the second enterable state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A6 or the feature A7 of the group of the present invention,
Based on the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger, the expectation is that the player is expected to shift the gaming state to the specific control state It comprises an expected effect execution means (voice emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effects,
The ball entering state switching means is an expectation effect executed by the expectation effect executing means when a result of an internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry unit being won A gaming machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the first entry enabled condition or the second entry enabled condition based on the contents of the above.

  According to the feature group A10 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is an expectation effect executing means when an internal lottery result executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting ball entry part is won. Since the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-entry condition to the first entry possible condition or the second entry enable condition based on the content of the expected effect performed in step S, the player is expected Attention will be paid to the contents of the expected effects performed by the execution means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Characteristics A11.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A10 of the present invention group,
The contents of the expected effect to be executed by the expected effect executing means are:
With the first expected presentation (the first reach indication),
And a second expected presentation (second reach display) different from the first expected presentation,
The ball entering state switching means changes the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state when the expected effect executing means executes the first expected effect. Switching, when the expected effect executing means executes the second expected effect, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-enterable state to the second enterable state. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature group A11 of the present invention group, the ball entering state switching means performs the first entering ball entry from the ball entering impossible state when the first expectation effect is executed by the expectation effect executing means. When the ball is switched to the ball enable state and the second expectation effect is executed by the expectation effect executing means, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the ball entry impossible state to the second ball enterable state. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger, the expectation effect executing means performs the second expectation effect It will be expected that it will be performed and it will be switched by the ball entering state switching means to the second ball entering possible state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A12.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A11 of the group of the present invention,
A game machine characterized in that the first starting ball entry unit and the second starting ball entry unit are disposed in the same path.

  According to the feature A12 of the present invention group, since the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part are disposed on the same route, the player can cause the game ball to fire on the same route. Thus, it is possible to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part. Therefore, the gaming machine can make the player comfortably play the game.

Feature A13.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A11 of the group of the present invention,
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) is provided that is easy to generate game balls into the second start ball storage unit and is hard to generate game balls into the first start ball unit. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature A13 of the present invention group, the player can easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the first starting ball entry part by firing the game ball along the first path, By causing the game ball to fire on the path of 2, it is possible to easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry portion. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play the game comfortably.

  According to the feature group A of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. For example, when the player wins the jackpot lottery, the gaming machine shifts the gaming state from the normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state includes a plurality of different game states such as the probability of winning a big hit lottery, the player can play a game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

  However, since the transition of the gaming state is distributed by lottery when winning in the jackpot lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The first start-up ball part and the second start-up ball part are selected when a result of an internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first start-up ball part or the second start-up ball part as a trigger is won. Based on the combination of the starting ball entry unit, the first gaming state and the second gaming state, the most advantageous gaming state which is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state A gaming machine comprising: a most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) for transitioning a gaming state to a game state.

  According to the feature B1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means is based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball entry part or the second starting entry ball part. From the first gaming state and the second gaming state based on the combination of the first starting ball entry portion and the second starting ball entry portion, and the first gaming state and the second gaming state, when winning Also, the game state is transferred to the most advantageous game state advantageous to the player. According to this, when the player is elected to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger, the first start entry is made. Attention will be focused on the combination of the ball portion and the second starting ball portion and the first gaming state and the second gaming state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of the mode and fluctuation end processing)
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the game ball entering the second start ball entry part after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. The gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed as Machine.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature B2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 of the present invention group,
A second ball storage means for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball storage unit as a trigger 2 Hold area for result display section Rb),
The gaming state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage means after switching to the second gaming state Switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state triggered by notification of the result of the selected internal lottery,
The most advantageous game state transition means is the internal lottery stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means. A gaming machine characterized by transitioning a gaming state to a most advantageous gaming state advantageous to a player when a result of an internal lottery associated with information is won.

  According to the feature B3 of the present invention group, the gaming state switching means has a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching to the second gaming state The second gaming state is switched to the first gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state, the player expects non-winning, and then the first gaming state thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B3 of the present invention group,
The first ball storage unit (the first ball storage unit for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger) 1 Hold area Ra for result display section,
The results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage unit are associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball storage unit. A gaming machine characterized by giving priority to notification rather than the result of internal lottery.

  According to the feature B4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means in the first ball entry storage means Since the notification is given priority over the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information, the second entry is made regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the first ball entry storage means. It is possible to prioritize and notify the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the ball storage means. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry part, so the gaming machine has the degree of attention of the player to the game Can be improved.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B3 or the feature B4 of the group of the present invention,
In the second gaming state, an internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state is executed.

  According to the feature B5 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes the internal lottery with a higher winning probability than the first gaming state, and therefore, the second gaming state is associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state If the result of the selected internal lottery is notified, the probability of winning is high, and if the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first gaming state, the probability of winning is low. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B5 of the present invention group,
The second gaming state when the gaming state switching means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. Switch to
A gaming machine characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state.

  Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The gaming state switching means switches to the second gaming state when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. The first game state from the second gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery that is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of a plurality of internal lottery information stored in the 2 ball storage unit storage means Switch to the game state of. Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It becomes the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry part or the second starting ball entry part as a trigger.

  According to the feature B6 of the present invention group, the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state, so the player enters the ball of the game ball into the second starting ball entry part. Further attention will be paid to the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B1 to B6 of the group of the present invention,
A game machine characterized in that the first starting ball entry unit and the second starting ball entry unit are disposed in the same path.

  According to the feature B7 of the present invention group, since the first starting ball entry portion and the second starting ball entry portion are disposed in the same path, the player can cause the game ball to fire in the same path. Thus, it is possible to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part. Therefore, the gaming machine can make the player comfortably play the game.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B1 to B6 of the group of the present invention,
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) is provided that is easy to generate game balls into the second start ball storage unit and is hard to generate game balls into the first start ball unit. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature B8 of the present invention group, the player can easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the first starting ball entry part by firing the game ball along the first path, By causing the game ball to fire on the path of 2, it is possible to easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry portion. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play the game comfortably.

  According to the feature B group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. For example, when the player wins the jackpot lottery, the gaming machine shifts the gaming state from the normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state includes a plurality of different game states such as the probability of winning a big hit lottery, the player can play a game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

  However, since the transition of the gaming state is distributed by lottery when winning in the jackpot lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming machine is
A second ball storage means for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball storage unit as a trigger 2 Hold area for result display section Rb),
The gaming state transition means is
After switching to the second gaming state while switching between the first gaming state and the second gaming state, according to the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means The game state switching means (transition at the time of completion of the open / close execution mode) is switched from the second gaming state to the first gaming state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a small predetermined number of internal lottery information Processing and fluctuation end processing),
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
If, after switching to the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means, an internal lottery result first associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means is won, Alternatively, after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, an internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage means A gaming machine comprising: a most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) for transitioning the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player when the result is won.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means is an internal lottery initially stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the information is won, or after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, the game ball enters the second starting ball entry part The game state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous for the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when the player has won the internal lottery result executed with the. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  In addition, the gaming state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching to the second gaming state The second gaming state is switched to the first gaming state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the second and subsequent predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state, the player expects non-winning, and the first subsequent event If the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the gaming state, or the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information in the second gaming state is notified In the case you will expect to win. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
The first ball storage unit (the first ball storage unit for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger) 1 Hold area Ra for result display section,
The results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage unit are associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball storage unit. A gaming machine characterized by giving priority to notification rather than the result of internal lottery.

  According to the feature C2 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means in the first ball entry storage means Since the notification is given priority over the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information, the second entry is made regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the first ball entry storage means. It is possible to prioritize and notify the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the ball storage means. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry part, so the gaming machine has the degree of attention of the player to the game Can be improved.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 or the feature C2 of the group of the present invention,
In the second gaming state, an internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state is executed.

  According to the feature C3 of the present invention group, since the second gaming state executes the internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state, a predetermined number of internals for the second time and thereafter in the second gaming state When the result of the internal lottery associated with the lottery information is notified, the winning probability becomes high, and when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first gaming state The probability of winning will be low. In addition, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is notified in the second gaming state, the winning probability becomes high. According to this, the player is expected to be most elected when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information in the second gaming state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C3 of the present invention group,
The second gaming state when the gaming state switching means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. Switch to
A gaming machine characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state.

  Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The gaming state switching means switches to the second gaming state when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. The first game state from the second gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery that is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of a plurality of internal lottery information stored in the 2 ball storage unit storage means Switch to the game state of. Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It becomes the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry part or the second starting ball entry part as a trigger.

  According to the feature C4 of the present invention group, the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, so the player enters the ball of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry part. Further attention will be paid to the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C4 of the group of the present invention,
The ball entry possible state is
A first ball-filling enabled state (high-frequency support mode of short-term electric connector opening time), in which the game balls flowing down the game area can temporarily enter the ball;
The game ball which flows down the game area can temporarily enter the ball, and at the same time, the second ball entry possible state (long-term electric winning combination) in which more game balls can be entered than the first ball entry possible state With open time frequent support mode)
The ball entering state switching means is switched to the second game state by the game state switching means, and then the second starting ball entering part can be put into the first ball entering possible state or the ball entering impossible state. A game machine characterized by switching to a second entering possible state.

  According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, the ball entering state switching means is switched to the second game state by the game state switching means, and then the second starting ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering Switch to the possible state or the second enterable state. Further, the first game state and the second game state are performed when the most advantageous game state transition means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Transition the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player. According to this, the player is expected to be switched to the second ball entry possible state by the ball entry state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 of the present invention group,
In the second ball entry possible state, by setting the duration longer than the first ball entry possible state, it is possible to enter more game balls than in the first ball entry possible state. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, by setting the duration longer than the first ball-loading possible state, the second ball-loading capable state has more game balls than the first ball-loading possible state. Since it is possible to enter the ball, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the first and second ball-popable states.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 or the feature C6 of the group of the present invention,
The ball entering state switching means is configured to change the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entering part as a trigger. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball entry possible state or the second ball entry possible state.

  According to the feature C7 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry part as a trigger, the second starting entry part Since the player switches from the non-entry state to the first entry possible state or the second entry possible state, the player is triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting entry slot as an internal drawing Pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C7 of the present invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting ball entry part as a trigger is
With the first winning outcome (“explicit small round high probability result” or “invisible small round high probability result”),
Providing a second winning result ("the most advantageous result") different from the first winning result;
The ball entering state switching means switches the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state, when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the second entry enabled condition when it results.

  According to the feature C8 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the first ball entry possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-filling state to the second ball-filling enabled state, so the player becomes the second winning result and switches the entering state. It is expected to be switched to the second enterable state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 or the feature C6 of the group of the present invention,
Based on the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger, the expectation is that the player is expected to shift the gaming state to the specific control state It comprises an expected effect execution means (voice emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effects,
The ball entering state switching means is of an expectation effect executed by the expectation effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry unit as a trigger is won A gaming machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the first entry enabled condition or the second entry enabled condition based on the content.

  According to the feature C9 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is the expected effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry ball as a trigger is won. Since the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-entering ball condition to the first enterable ball condition or the second enterable ball condition based on the content of the expected effect executed, the player executes the expected effect game. Attention will be paid to the contents of the expected effects performed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C9 of the present invention group,
The contents of the expected effect to be executed by the expected effect executing means are:
With the first expected presentation (the first reach indication),
And a second expected presentation (second reach display) different from the first expected presentation,
The ball entering state switching means changes the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state when the expected effect executing means executes the first expected effect. Switching, when the expected effect executing means executes the second expected effect, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-enterable state to the second enterable state. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature C10 of the present invention group, the ball entering state switching means performs the first entering ball entry from the ball entering impossible state when the first expectation effect is executed by the expectation effect executing means. When switching to the ball enabled state and executing the second expected effect in the expected effect executing means, the player changes the second starting ball entry unit from the unenterable state to the second enterable state; When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry section, the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing unit and the ball entering status switching unit is executed. It will be expected to be switched to the second enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C10 of the group of the present invention,
A game machine characterized in that the first starting ball entry unit and the second starting ball entry unit are disposed in the same path.

  According to the feature C11 of the present invention group, since the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part are disposed on the same route, the player can cause the game ball to fire on the same route. Thus, it is possible to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part. Therefore, the gaming machine can make the player comfortably play the game.

Feature C12.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C10 of the group of the present invention,
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) is provided that is easy to generate game balls into the second start ball storage unit and is hard to generate game balls into the first start ball unit. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature C12 of the present invention group, the player can easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the first starting ball entry portion by firing the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to fire on the path of 2, it is possible to easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry portion. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play the game comfortably.

  According to the feature C group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. For example, when the player wins the jackpot lottery, the gaming machine shifts the gaming state from the normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state includes a plurality of different game states such as the probability of winning a big hit lottery, the player can play a game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

  However, since the transition of the gaming state is distributed by lottery when winning in the jackpot lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The ball entry possible state is
A first ball-filling enabled state (high-frequency support mode of short-term electric connector opening time), in which the game balls flowing down the game area can temporarily enter the ball;
The game ball which flows down the game area can temporarily enter the ball, and at the same time, the second ball entry possible state (long-term electric winning combination) in which more game balls can be entered than the first ball entry possible state With open time frequent support mode)
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
After switching to the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means, the second starting ball entry unit can be switched from the non-entering-to-the-ball state to the first enterable state or the second enterable state Ball entry state switching means (transition processing at the end of open / close execution mode and fluctuation end processing) to be temporarily switched;
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) for shifting the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. A game machine characterized by

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature D1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  Further, the ball entering state switching means is switched to the second game state by the game state switching means, and then the second starting ball entering part can be put into the first ball entry possible state or the second ball entering state from the ball entering impossible state. Switch to enabled state. Further, the first game state and the second game state are performed when the most advantageous game state transition means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Transition the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player. According to this, the player is expected to be switched to the second ball entry possible state by the ball entry state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 of the present invention group,
In the second ball entry possible state, by setting the duration longer than the first ball entry possible state, it is possible to enter more game balls than in the first ball entry possible state. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature D2 of the present invention group, the second enterable ball state has more game balls than the first enterable ball state by setting the duration longer than the first enterable ball state. Since it is possible to enter the ball, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the first and second ball-popable states.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 or the feature D2 of the group of the present invention,
The ball entering state switching means is configured to change the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entering part as a trigger. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball entry possible state or the second ball entry possible state.

  According to the feature group D3 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball to the first starting entry part as a trigger, the second starting entry part Since the player switches from the non-entry state to the first entry possible state or the second entry possible state, the player is triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting entry slot as an internal drawing Pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D3 of the present invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting ball entry part as a trigger is
With the first winning outcome (“explicit small round high probability result” or “invisible small round high probability result”),
Providing a second winning result ("the most advantageous result") different from the first winning result;
The ball entering state switching means switches the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state, when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the second entry enabled condition when it results.

  According to the feature D4 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the first ball entry possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-filling state to the second ball-filling enabled state, so the player becomes the second winning result and switches the entering state. It is expected to be switched to the second enterable state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 or the feature D2 of the group of the present invention,
Based on the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger, the expectation is that the player is expected to shift the gaming state to the specific control state It comprises an expected effect execution means (voice emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effects,
The ball entering state switching means is of an expectation effect executed by the expectation effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry unit as a trigger is won A gaming machine characterized by switching the second starting ball entry unit from the non-entry condition to the first entry enabled condition or the second entry enabled condition based on the content.

  According to the feature D5 of the present invention group, the entering state switching means is the expected effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry ball as a trigger is won. Since the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-entering ball condition to the first enterable ball condition or the second enterable ball condition based on the content of the expected effect executed, the player executes the expected effect game. Attention will be paid to the contents of the expected effects performed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D5 of the present invention group,
The contents of the expected effect to be executed by the expected effect executing means are:
With the first expected presentation (the first reach indication),
And a second expected presentation (second reach display) different from the first expected presentation,
The ball entering state switching means changes the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the first ball entering possible state when the expected effect executing means executes the first expected effect. Switching, when the expected effect executing means executes the second expected effect, the second starting ball entry unit is switched from the non-enterable state to the second enterable state. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D6 of the present invention group, the ball entering state switching means performs the first entering ball entry from the ball entry impossible state when the first expectation rendering is executed by the expectation rendering executing means. When switching to the ball enabled state and executing the second expected effect in the expected effect executing means, the player changes the second starting ball entry unit from the unenterable state to the second enterable state; When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting entry section, the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing unit and the ball entering status switching unit is executed. It will be expected to be switched to the second enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features D1 to D6 of the group of the present invention,
A game machine characterized in that the first starting ball entry unit and the second starting ball entry unit are disposed in the same path.

  According to the feature D7 of the present invention group, since the first starting ball entry portion and the second starting ball entry portion are disposed in the same route, the player can cause the game ball to fire in the same route. Thus, it is possible to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part and the second starting ball entry part. Therefore, the gaming machine can make the player comfortably play the game.

Feature D8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features D1 to D6 of the group of the present invention,
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) is provided that is easy to generate game balls into the second start ball storage unit and is hard to generate game balls into the first start ball unit. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature D8 of the present invention group, the player can easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the first starting ball entry part by firing the game ball along the first path, By causing the game ball to fire on the path of 2, it is possible to easily generate the ball entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry portion. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play the game comfortably.

  According to such a feature D group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. For example, when the player wins the jackpot lottery, the gaming machine shifts the gaming state from the normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state includes a plurality of different game states such as the probability of winning a big hit lottery, the player can play a game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

  However, since the transition of the gaming state is distributed by lottery when winning in the jackpot lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A plurality of patterns are varied based on the start entering ball means to be executed (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including a variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
It is equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player,
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means A game machine comprising a reserved symbol control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature E1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes the non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be not elected and the winning expected internal lottery that the player is expected to be elected It is equipped with information. Then, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storing means, and holds the notice holding. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be a spirit. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is high, it becomes enthusiasm, if it is low, it becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2) of the execution area among the reserved areas, the sub-inside lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area (fourth area SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, a reserve distribution storing means (pending generation process) to be stored as the winning expectation internal lottery information ,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area.

  According to the feature E2 of the present invention group, when the reserve allocation storing means stores the sub-side internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side of the reserve area, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information. If the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the holding shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the non-winning expected internal lottery information to notify the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning expected of the expected lottery internal lottery information to notify of the internal lottery result later. The player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E2 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern.

According to the feature E3 of the present invention group, the on-hold pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the on-hold reservation pattern, and therefore the player pays attention to whether the on-off expectation of the on-hold reservation pattern is promoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storage means, It will be depressed if the expectation of the advance pending pattern is promoted, and if it is maintained it will be a tempest. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is promoted, it becomes a spirit of enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E3 of the present invention group,
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature E4 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, does the player promote the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern? It will pay attention to whether or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern is demoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature E5.
In the game machine described in feature E3 or feature E4 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature E5 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of preview holding symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E2 to E5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
The game is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming situation expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming situation expected to be won by the player.
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are displayed on the variation display means, and the information is stored. When the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storing means, the concealment holding pattern different from the plurality of types of preview holding symbols and for concealment concealing the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by displaying a notice holding pattern on the variable display means.

  According to the feature E6 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, a plurality of types of advance notice pending symbols Is displayed on the variable display means, and when the combination storage expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the information storage means, the confidential advance notice holding pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so the information storage means Among the various sub-side internal lottery information in the storage means, it is possible to cause the variable display means to display different preview holding symbols depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E6 of the present invention group,
The on-hold pattern control means uses the on-the-off notice for secrecy notification based on the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery information as the on-off holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery A game machine characterized by changing.

  According to the feature E7 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means corresponds to the expectation degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of types of preview holding symbols of the concealed notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. Since the notice is changed to the notice holding pattern to be played, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E8.
In the game machine described in feature E6 or feature E7 of the group of the present invention,
The on-hold pattern control means, when shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the on-hold shifting means, mixes the on-the-air notice holding pattern for secrecy among the plurality of types of on-off notice symbols. A gaming machine characterized by changing to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expected internal lottery information.

  According to the feature E8 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy is a plurality of types of preliminary holding patterns. Among them, since it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expected degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, the player must recognize the expected degree of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area. I can not Therefore, the gaming machine may maintain the player's attention to the game during the period until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after the concealment notice display pattern for concealment is displayed on the variable display means. it can.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E6 to E8 of the group of the present invention,
The information notification means is
It is determined whether or not to change the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary announcement holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of preliminary announcement holding symbols. A warning notice pattern change judging means for concealing
When the holding pattern control means determines that the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are to be changed by the concealed notice holding pattern change determining means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols for concealment are displayed in the plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Among them, when it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, and it is determined that the plurality of types of notice holding patterns are not changed by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. A game machine characterized by maintaining the concealment notice pattern for concealment.

  According to the feature E9 of the present invention group, when it is determined that the concealed picture control means changes the plurality of types of notice holding pictures to a plurality of types by the concealed advance notice picture change determination means, the plurality of concealed advance notice pictures are used. When it is changed to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the notice holding patterns of, and it is determined not to change to plural kinds of notice holding patterns by the notice holding picture change judging means for secrecy Since the concealment advance notice holding pattern is maintained, the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice holding pattern changes. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E2 to E9 of the invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball to the starting entry means, the gaming state transition means (mainly to shift the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player Controller 60),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and the gaming state switching means A gaming machine characterized by digesting the expected winning internal lottery information after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature E10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state switching means from the second game state to the first game state, and then plays the game ball to the second starting ball entry unit When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. Further, the holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and from the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means After switching to the first gaming state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature E group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, if the player confirms the high expectation degree holding pattern, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if the low expectation degree holding pattern is confirmed, the player may be disappointed with the same mental image for the same holding pattern. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature F group>
Feature F1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A plurality of patterns are varied based on the start entering ball means to be executed (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including a variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means And a holding pattern control unit (display control device 100) for displaying
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or downgrades the degree of expectation of the preliminary reserved pattern.

According to the feature F1 of the present invention group, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Then, the on-hold pattern control means maintains or lowers the expectation of the on-hold reservation pattern, so the player pays attention to whether or not the on-off degree of the on-hold notification pattern is downgraded.
Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without paying attention only to the degree of expectation of the hold pattern.

Feature F2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F1 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a winning expectation internal lottery information which is expected to be won by a player.

  According to the feature F2 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be non-winning, and a winning-expected internal lottery that the player is expected to be elected It is equipped with information. Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storing means, and holds the notice holding. If the degree of expectation of the pattern is downgraded, it becomes a spirit of enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is lowered, it will be depressed and if it is maintained it will become a spirit.

Feature F3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F2 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
Reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2) of the execution area among the reserved areas, the sub-inside lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area (the fourth area SRb4) opposite to the execution area, the reserve distribution storing means (pending generation process) is stored as the winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by comprising.

  According to the feature F3 of the present invention group, the reserved distribution storing means stores, as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, when the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area on the execution area side among the reserved areas. If the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the holding shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the non-winning expected internal lottery information to notify the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning expected of the expected lottery internal lottery information to notify of the internal lottery result later. The player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature F4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F3 of the present invention group,
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature F4 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, does the player promote the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern? It will pay attention to whether or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern is demoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature F5.
In the game machine described in the feature F3 or the feature F4 of the group of the present invention,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature F5 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of preview pending symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution region, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F3 to F5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
The game is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming situation expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming situation expected to be won by the player.
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are displayed on the variation display means, and the information is stored. When the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storing means, the concealment holding pattern different from the plurality of types of preview holding symbols and for concealment concealing the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by displaying a notice holding pattern on the variable display means.

  According to the feature F6 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, a plurality of types of advance notice pending symbols Is displayed on the variable display means, and when the combination storage expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the information storage means, the confidential advance notice holding pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so the information storage means Among the various sub-side internal lottery information in the storage means, it is possible to cause the variable display means to display different preview holding symbols depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature F7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F6 of the present invention group,
The on-hold pattern control means uses the on-the-off notice for secrecy notification based on the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery information as the on-off holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery A game machine characterized by changing.

  According to the feature F7 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means corresponds to the expectation degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of types of preview holding symbols of the concealed notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. Since the notice is changed to the notice holding pattern to be played, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F8.
In the game machine described in the feature F6 or the feature F7 of the group of the present invention,
The on-hold pattern control means, when shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the on-hold shifting means, mixes the on-the-air notice holding pattern for secrecy among the plurality of types of on-off notice symbols. A gaming machine characterized by changing to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expected internal lottery information.

  According to the feature F8 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, the preliminary notice holding pattern for secrecy is a plurality of types of preliminary holding patterns. Among them, since it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expected degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, the player must recognize the expected degree of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area. I can not Therefore, the gaming machine may maintain the player's attention to the game during the period until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after the concealment notice display pattern for concealment is displayed on the variable display means. it can.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F6 to F8 of the group of the present invention,
The information notification means is
It is determined whether or not to change the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary announcement holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of preliminary announcement holding symbols. A warning notice pattern change judging means for concealing
When the holding pattern control means determines that the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are to be changed by the concealed notice holding pattern change determining means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols for concealment are displayed in the plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Among them, when it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, and it is determined that the plurality of types of notice holding patterns are not changed by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. A game machine characterized by maintaining the concealment notice pattern for concealment.

  According to the feature F9 of the group of the present invention, the on-hold picture control means determines that the on-premium on-hold picture for concealment is changed to a plurality of on-off notice on-off pictures by the on-off notice on-off picture change determination means. When it is changed to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the notice holding patterns of, and it is determined not to change to plural kinds of notice holding patterns by the notice holding picture change judging means for secrecy Since the concealment advance notice holding pattern is maintained, the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice holding pattern changes. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F3 to F9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball to the starting entry means, the gaming state transition means (mainly to shift the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player Controller 60),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and the gaming state switching means A gaming machine characterized by digesting the expected winning internal lottery information after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature F10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. Further, the holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and from the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means After switching to the first gaming state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature F group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, the player should pay attention only to the degree of expectation of the holding pattern, such as becoming a jealousy when confirming a high expectation degree holding pattern and becoming a depression when confirming a low expectation degree holding pattern. As a result, the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature G group>
Feature G1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A plurality of patterns are varied based on the start entering ball means to be executed (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including a variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
The game is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming situation expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming situation expected to be won by the player.
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means A game machine comprising a reserved symbol control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature group G1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes a non-winning expected gaming situation in which the player is expected to be non-winning, and a winning expected gaming situation in which the player is expected to be elected. Is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information. Then, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the player stores the combined winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means by the information storage means, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is confirmed by confirming the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means. The degree of expectation of can be confirmed. At this time, the high and low value of the expectation of the notice holding pattern is determined by the game situation (non-win expectation game situation where the player is not expected to be elected or winning expectation game situation where the player is expected to be elected). It will change accordingly.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature G2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
And a reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
The gaming machine is
By the time of shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, either the non-winning expected gaming status or the winning expected gaming status is determined for the combined winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by being made to

According to the feature G2 of the present invention group, the hold shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the hold area toward the execution area. Then, the gaming machine determines either the non-winning expected gaming status or the winning expected gaming status for the combined winning expected internal lottery information by the time the shift shifting means shifts the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution region. Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and when the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high, if it becomes a winning expectation gaming situation, it becomes an enthusiasm, and a non-winning expectation gaming situation It becomes depression if it becomes. In addition, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and when the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is low, if it becomes a winning expectation gaming situation, it will be a depression and will be a non-winning expectation gaming situation. It will be a spirit In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, the non-winning expected gaming state and the winning expected gaming state, and pays attention to the combination of the degree of expectation of the notice holding symbol and the gaming situation. It will be done.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature G3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G2 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
It is equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are displayed on the variation display means, and the information is stored. When the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storing means, the concealment holding pattern different from the plurality of types of preview holding symbols and for concealment concealing the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by displaying a notice holding pattern on the variable display means.

  According to the feature G3 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, a plurality of types of advance notice pending symbols Is displayed on the variable display means, and when the combination storage expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the information storage means, the confidential advance notice holding pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so the information storage means Among the various sub-side internal lottery information in the storage means, it is possible to cause the variable display means to display different preview holding symbols depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature G4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G3 of the present invention group,
The on-hold pattern control means uses the on-the-off notice for secrecy notification based on the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery information as the on-off holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery A game machine characterized by changing.

  According to the feature G4 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means corresponds to the expectation degree of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice holding symbols of the concealment notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information. Since the notice is changed to the notice holding pattern to be played, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G3 or the feature G4 of the group of the present invention,
The on-hold pattern control means, when shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the on-hold shifting means, mixes the on-the-air notice holding pattern for secrecy among the plurality of types of on-off notice symbols. A gaming machine characterized by changing to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expected internal lottery information.

  According to the feature G5 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, the preliminary notice holding pattern for secrecy is a plurality of types of preliminary holding patterns. Among them, since it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expected degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, the player must recognize the expected degree of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area. I can not Therefore, the gaming machine may maintain the player's attention to the game during the period until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after the concealment notice display pattern for concealment is displayed on the variable display means. it can.

Feature G6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G5 of the present invention group,
The information notification means is
It is determined whether or not to change the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary announcement holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of preliminary announcement holding symbols. A warning notice pattern change judging means for concealing
When the holding pattern control means determines that the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are to be changed by the concealed notice holding pattern change determining means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols for concealment are displayed in the plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Among them, when it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, and it is determined that the plurality of types of notice holding patterns are not changed by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. A game machine characterized by maintaining the concealment notice pattern for concealment.

  According to the feature group G6 of the present invention group, the holding symbol control means determines that the concealment holding notice pattern is changed to a plurality of types of advance notice holding symbols by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. When it is changed to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the notice holding patterns of, and it is determined not to change to plural kinds of notice holding patterns by the notice holding picture change judging means for secrecy Since the concealment advance notice holding pattern is maintained, the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice holding pattern changes. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G6 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern.

According to the feature G7 of the present invention group, the on-hold pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the on-hold reservation pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether the on-off expectation of the on-hold reservation pattern is promoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storage means, It will be depressed if the expectation of the advance pending pattern is promoted, and if it is maintained it will be a tempest. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is promoted, it becomes a spirit of enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature G8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G7 of the present invention group,
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature G8 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, does the player promote the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern? It will pay attention to whether or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern is demoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature G9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G7 or the feature G8 of the group of the present invention,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature G9 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of preview pending symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G1 to G9 of the group of the present invention,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball to the starting entry means, the gaming state transition means (mainly to shift the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player Controller 60),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The gaming machine is
After switching to the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, the non-winning expected gaming situation is determined for the combined winning expected internal lottery information, A gaming machine characterized by determining the expected winning gaming condition with respect to the combined winning expected internal lottery information when the first internal lottery result is not won.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature G10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. In addition, after the gaming machine is switched to the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means, when winning the result of the first internal lottery, the non-winning expected gaming situation is determined for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information If the first internal lottery result is not won, the winning expected game situation is determined for the combined winning expected internal lottery information. According to this, the player will pay attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature G group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, if the player confirms the high expectation degree holding pattern, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if the low expectation degree holding pattern is confirmed, the player may be disappointed with the same mental image for the same holding pattern. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature H group>
Feature H1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A plurality of patterns are varied based on the start entering ball means to be executed (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including a variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
It is equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
And a reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means And a holding pattern control unit (display control device 100) for displaying
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature H1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes the non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player is expected to be not elected and the winning expected internal lottery that the player is expected to be elected It is equipped with information. Then, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storing means, and holds the notice holding. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be a spirit. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is high, it becomes enthusiasm, if it is low, it becomes depressed.

In addition, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted. . Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern is demoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature H2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H1 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2) of the execution area among the reserved areas, the sub-inside lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area (the fourth area SRb4) opposite to the execution area, the reserve distribution storing means (pending generation process) is stored as the winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by comprising.

  According to the feature H2 of the present invention group, the reserved distribution storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information when the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area on the execution area side of the reserved area. If the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the non-winning expected internal lottery information to notify the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning expected of the expected lottery internal lottery information to notify of the internal lottery result later. The player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature H3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H1 or the feature H2 of the group of the present invention,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature H3 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of preview holding symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution region, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H4.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H3 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
The game is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming situation expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming situation expected to be won by the player.
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are displayed on the variation display means, and the information is stored. When the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storing means, the concealment holding pattern different from the plurality of types of preview holding symbols and for concealment concealing the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by displaying a notice holding pattern on the variable display means.

  According to the feature H4 of the present invention group, the on-hold pattern control means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means. Is displayed on the variable display means, and when the combination storage expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the information storage means, the confidential advance notice holding pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so the information storage means Among the various sub-side internal lottery information in the storage means, it is possible to cause the variable display means to display different preview holding symbols depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature H5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H4 of the present invention group,
The on-hold pattern control means uses the on-the-off notice for secrecy notification based on the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery information as the on-off holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery A game machine characterized by changing.

  According to the feature H5 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means corresponds to the expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among a plurality of types of notice holding symbols of the concealment notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information. Since the notice is changed to the notice holding pattern to be played, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H4 or the feature H5 of the group of the present invention,
The on-hold pattern control means, when shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the on-hold shifting means, mixes the on-the-air notice holding pattern for secrecy among the plurality of types of on-off notice symbols. A gaming machine characterized by changing to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expected internal lottery information.

  According to the feature H6 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, the preliminary notice holding pattern for secrecy is a plurality of types of preliminary holding patterns. Among them, since it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expected degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, the player must recognize the expected degree of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area. I can not Therefore, the gaming machine may maintain the player's attention to the game during the period until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after the concealment notice display pattern for concealment is displayed on the variable display means. it can.

Feature H7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H4 to H6 of the group of the present invention,
The information notification means is
It is determined whether or not to change the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary announcement holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of preliminary announcement holding symbols. A warning notice pattern change judging means for concealing
When the holding pattern control means determines that the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are to be changed by the concealed notice holding pattern change determining means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols for concealment are displayed in the plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Among them, when it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, and it is determined that the plurality of types of notice holding patterns are not changed by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. A game machine characterized by maintaining the concealment notice pattern for concealment.

  According to the feature H7 of the present invention group, when it is determined that the concealed picture control means changes the plurality of types of notice holding pictures to be changed by the concealed advance notice picture change determination means, the concealed advance notice picture may be changed to a plurality of types. When it is changed to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the notice holding patterns of, and it is determined not to change to plural kinds of notice holding patterns by the notice holding picture change judging means for secrecy Since the concealment advance notice holding pattern is maintained, the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice holding pattern changes. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H7 of the group of the present invention,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball to the starting entry means, the gaming state transition means (mainly to shift the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player Controller 60),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and the gaming state switching means A gaming machine characterized by digesting the expected winning internal lottery information after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature H8 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state switching means from the second game state to the first game state, and then plays the game ball to the second starting ball entry unit When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. Further, the holding shift means digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means, and from the second gaming state by the gaming state switching means After switching to the first gaming state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to the feature H group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, if the player confirms the high expectation degree holding pattern, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if the low expectation degree holding pattern is confirmed, the player may be disappointed with the same mental image for the same holding pattern. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature I group>
Feature I1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The information storage means is
By temporarily switching the second starting ball storage unit from the non-ball-loading state to the ball-loading enabled state by the gaming state transition means, the game ball is placed in the ball-in-calling sequence in the second starting ball-in-place unit. Overall expectation degree determination means (general expectation degree notification process for comprehensively determining the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information when the information storage means stores at least one of the sub-side internal lottery information as special internal lottery information )When,
A gaming machine comprising: general expectation degree notification means (general expectation degree notification processing) for notifying a player of the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information determined by the general expectation degree determination means.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

According to the feature I1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state switching means from the second game state to the first game state, and then plays the game ball to the second starting ball entry part When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger.
Further, since the information storage means includes the overall expectation degree determination means and the overall expectation degree notification means, the player enters the second start ball entry portion from the non-ballooning state by the game state transition means. By temporarily switching to the possible state, it is possible to comprehensively confirm the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means in the order of ball entry into the second starting ball entry portion.
Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I1 of the present invention group,
The special internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
It is equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player,
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means And a holding pattern control unit (display control device 100) for displaying
The comprehensive expectation degree determination means comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the degree of expectation of the expected winning internal lottery information. A game machine that features it.

According to the feature I2 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub side internal lottery information, the player can receive special internal lottery information. We can confirm each degree of expectation of. In addition, the general expectation determination means comprehensively determines the expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the degree of expectation of the winning expected internal lottery information. Can confirm the overall expectation of special internal lottery information.
Therefore, since the player can individually check the respective expectation of the special internal lottery information and the overall expectation of the special internal lottery information, the gaming machine can pay attention to the player's game Can be improved.

Feature I3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I2 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
And a reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
The ball entering state switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the ball entering possible state during the specific control state,
The comprehensive expectation degree notification means determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the comprehensive expectation degree determination means as the execution area of the special internal lottery information stored in the reserve area by the reserve shift means. A gaming machine characterized by notifying a player before shifting and digesting toward.

According to the feature I3 of the present invention group, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the overall expectation degree determining means is shifted toward the execution area by the special internal lottery information stored in the holding area by the holding shift means. Since the information is notified to the player before it is made to be digested, the player temporarily switches the second starting ball entry section from the non-fill-in-to-to-in-to-in-to-fill state by the gaming state transition means. The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means can be comprehensively confirmed before the special internal lottery information is digested, in the order in which the game balls enter the ball entry unit.
Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I3 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern.

According to the feature I4 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern, the player pays attention to whether the expectation of the notice holding pattern is promoted or not. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information for expecting the non-winning in the information storage means, It will be depressed if the expectation of the advance pending pattern is promoted, and if it is maintained it will be a tempest. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the information storing means stores the expectation-for-winning internal lottery information in the information storage means, and the notice holding picture is displayed. If the degree of expectation of is promoted, it becomes a spirit of enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature I5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I4 of the present invention group,
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature I5 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. It will pay attention to whether or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the non-winning expected internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern is demoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature I6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I4 or the feature I5 of the group of the present invention,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature I6 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features I3 to I6 of the group of the present invention,
The plurality of sub side internal lottery information is
The game is provided with mixed winning expected internal lottery information having a combination of a non-winning expected gaming situation expected to be non-winning by the player and a winning expected gaming situation expected to be won by the player.
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storage means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are displayed on the variation display means, and the information is stored. When the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storing means, the concealment holding pattern different from the plurality of types of preview holding symbols and for concealment concealing the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information A game machine characterized by displaying a notice holding pattern on the variable display means.

  According to the feature I7 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storing means, a plurality of types of advance notice pending symbols Is displayed on the variable display means, and when the combination storage expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the information storage means, the confidential advance notice holding pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so the information storage means Among the various sub-side internal lottery information in the storage means, it is possible to cause the variable display means to display different preview holding symbols depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of notice holding pattern, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature I8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I7 of the present invention group,
The on-hold pattern control means uses the on-the-off notice for secrecy notification based on the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery information as the on-off holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the on-coming mixed winning expected internal lottery A game machine characterized by changing.

  According to the feature I8 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means corresponds to the expectation of the combination winning expectation internal lottery information among a plurality of types of notice holding symbols of the concealment notice holding pattern for secrecy based on the combination winning expectation internal lottery information. Since the notice is changed to the notice holding pattern to be played, the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice holding pattern for secrecy. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I9.
In the game machine described in the feature I7 or the feature I8 of the group of the present invention,
The on-hold pattern control means, when shifting the combined winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the on-hold shifting means, mixes the on-the-air notice holding pattern for secrecy among the plurality of types of on-off notice symbols. A gaming machine characterized by changing to a notice holding pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expected internal lottery information.

  According to the feature I9 of the present invention group, when the holding pattern control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the holding shift means, the preliminary announcement holding pattern for secrecy is a plurality of types of preliminary announcement holding patterns. Among them, since it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expected degree of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, the player must recognize the expected degree of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area. I can not Therefore, the gaming machine may maintain the player's attention to the game during the period until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after the concealment notice display pattern for concealment is displayed on the variable display means. it can.

Feature I10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features I7 to I9 of the group of the present invention,
The information notification means is
Means for determining a notice for holding a picture for secrecy judging whether or not to change the notice holding picture for secrecy to the notice holding picture corresponding to the expectation of the combined winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of notice holding pictures Equipped with
When the holding pattern control means determines that the plurality of types of notice holding symbols are to be changed by the concealed notice holding pattern change determining means, the plurality of types of notice holding symbols for concealment are displayed in the plurality of types of notice holding symbols. Among them, when it is changed to the notice holding pattern corresponding to the expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information, and it is determined that the plurality of types of notice holding patterns are not changed by the concealment notice holding pattern change judging means. A game machine characterized by maintaining the concealment notice pattern for concealment.

  According to the feature I10 of the present invention group, the concealed symbol control means causes the concealment displayed on the variable display means when it is determined that the concealed advance pending symbol change determination means determines to change to plural types of advance pending symbols. The foreclosure pattern is changed to the foreclosure image corresponding to the expectation of the combined winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of foreclosure images, and the plurality of foreclosure images are selected by the concealed foreclosure image change determination means. When it is determined not to change, since the concealment advance notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice suspension pattern changes. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature I group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, the player individually thinks about each holding pattern such that when the holding pattern of the high expectation is confirmed, the player becomes enthusiasm, and when the holding pattern of the low expectation is confirmed, the player becomes depressed. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature J group>
Feature J1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A plurality of patterns are varied based on the start entering ball means to be executed (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including a variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
A game status switching means (main control device 60) for switching between a non-winning expected gaming situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery and a winning expected gaming situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery Equipped with
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means A game machine comprising a reserved symbol control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature J1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is expected to have a non-winning expected gaming state where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery, and a winning expected gaming state where the player is expected to win the internal lottery. And gaming state switching means for switching between Then, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the player switches to the non-winning expected gaming status by the gaming status switching means, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high If it's low, it's going to be an envy. On the contrary, when the player switches to the winning expectation gaming status by the gaming status switching means, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature J2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J1 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas (second sub-side holding area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display;
The information storage means is
And a reserve shift means (hold shift process) for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
The gaming state switching means is switched from the non-winning expected gaming state to the winning expected gaming state, triggered by having digested the predetermined number of the sub-side internal lottery information by the holding shift means. .

  According to the feature J2 of the present invention group, the hold shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the hold area toward the execution area. Then, the gaming state switching means switches from the non-winning expected gaming state to the winning expected gaming state, triggered by having digested the predetermined number of sub-side internal lottery information by the holding shift means. Therefore, the player expects the non-winning of the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming condition of notifying the result of the internal lottery earlier, and the winning of the internal lottery in the expected gaming condition of notifying of the internal lottery result later As it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature J3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J2 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern.

According to the feature J3 of the present invention group, since the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern, the player pays attention to whether the expectation of the notice holding pattern is promoted or not. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the game state switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, and the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted If you do, you will be depressed, and if you maintain it, you will be happy. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the game situation switching means switches to the winning expectation game situation, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player is offensive It becomes an eaves, and if maintained it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature J4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J3 of the present invention group,
The hold pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expected game state, and displays variable in the non-win expected game state A game machine characterized by maintaining or demoting the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information to execute.

According to the feature J4 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , It will be noted whether the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player is expected to have the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern. Will pay attention to whether or not they are demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature J5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J4 of the present invention group,
The plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are
With the first notice hold pattern,
And a second previewing pattern different from the first previewing pattern,
The hold pattern control means sets the first notice hold pattern as a low expectation notice pattern for low expectation when giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expectation game situation. When the second preliminary holding pattern is used as a preliminary holding pattern with a high expectation, and the preliminary degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the non-winning expectation gaming situation is indicated, A gaming machine characterized in that the advance notice hold pattern is a high expectation advance notice pattern, and the second advance notice pattern is a low expectation advance notice pattern.

  According to the feature J5 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means is expected to lower the first notice holding pattern when giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation. Since the second advance notice pattern is used as the advance notice hold pattern of high degree of expectation, the player confirms the advance notice hold pattern displayed on the variable display means, and uses the second advance notice hold pattern. If this is the case, it will be a devotion, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it will be a depression. Further, when the reserve pattern control means gives notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-winning expectation gaming situation, the first notice retention pattern is set as the notice retention pattern of high expectation. Since the second notice hold pattern is set as the notice notice pattern of the low expectation, the player confirms the notice hold pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice hold pattern, it becomes a conviction If it is a notice holding pattern of 1, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice holding pattern even if it is the game situation of any of the winning expectation gaming state and the non-winning expectation gaming state Since the game is desolated if it is the first preview holding pattern, the gaming machine can clarify the judgment criteria of the player.

Feature J6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features J3 to J5 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the expectation of the plurality of types of notice holding symbols is maintained at the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area.

  According to the feature J6 of the present invention group, since the expectation of a plurality of types of preview pending symbols is maintained to the same expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution region, the player can I will pay more attention to the change of the notice design of advance notice. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature J7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features J1 to J6 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball to the starting entry means, the gaming state transition means (mainly to shift the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player Controller 60),
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of mode and fluctuation end processing),
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger It has the most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) to shift the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning. ,
The game status switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball storage part from the ball non-loading state to the ball entry possible state by the ball entering state switching means, and then to the second start ball receiving part A gaming machine characterized by switching from the expected winning game condition to the non-winning expected game condition triggered by entering the game ball.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature J7 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. In addition, after the game status switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the non-fill-in ball state to the ball entry possible state by the ball entry state switching means, the game ball to the second start ball entry part The game is switched from the expected winning game situation to the non-winning expected game situation, triggered by entering the ball. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature J group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a hold pattern notifying the player that there is a result of the internal lottery of the hold state before the variable display means executes the variable display. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of holding patterns (for example, holding patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery, and displays them on the variable display means Thus, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

  However, if the player confirms the high expectation degree holding pattern, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if the low expectation degree holding pattern is confirmed, the player may be disappointed with the same mental image for the same holding pattern. There is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

<Feature K group>
Feature K1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. It is advantageous for the player based on the result of the start entering ball entering means (upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
With the first gaming state (low probability mode),
And a second gaming state (high probability mode) different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
A first start ball entry portion (upper operation port 36),
And a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first starting ball receiving portion,
The gaming state transition means is
It has a most advantageous gaming state transition means (gaming state transition processing) for shifting the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state.
The most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first starting ball entry part as a trigger, to the first starting ball entry part A game machine characterized by being able to shift easily when the player does not win the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the game.

  According to the feature K1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when it is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball to the first starting ball entry part as a trigger, (1) Since it is easy to shift when the player has not won the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting entry slot, the gaming machine is made of the game ball to the first entry entrance section. A game situation expecting the winning of the internal lottery executed with the ball entering and a gaming situation expecting the non-winning of the internal lottery executed triggered by the ball entering the first starting ball entry part It can be switched. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature K2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K1 of the present invention group,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state (low frequency support mode) which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is provided with a ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) which enables the player to enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means (transition processing at the time of opening / closing execution mode end and fluctuation end processing) for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
The ball entering state switching means (opening / closing execution means) which temporarily switches the second starting ball entry part from the ball entry impossible state to the ball entry possible state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means Transition processing at the end of the mode and fluctuation end processing)
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the game ball entering the second start ball entry part after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. A gaming machine characterized by transitioning a gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state when a result of an internal lottery executed as a game is won.

  In this case, the second starting ball entry portion can not enter the ball, it is possible not only to completely disable the game ball flowing down the game area, but also to temporarily enter the game ball flowing down the game area. You may include the state to be. In addition, not only the state where the game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also the game ball flowing down the game area can not be entered temporarily. It may include the state of In short, in the ball entry possible state, the gaming balls flowing down the game area may be more easily entered into the second starting ball entry portion than in the ball entry impossible state.

  According to the feature K2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state to the first game state after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. When the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball, the gaming state is shifted to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature K3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K2 of the present invention group,
A second ball storage means for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball storage unit as a trigger 2 Hold area for result display section Rb),
The gaming state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage means after switching to the second gaming state Switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state triggered by notification of the result of the selected internal lottery,
The most advantageous game state transition means is the internal lottery stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state by the gaming state switching means. A gaming machine characterized by transitioning a gaming state to a most advantageous gaming state advantageous to a player when a result of an internal lottery associated with information is won.

  According to the feature K3 of the present invention group, the gaming state switching means has a predetermined number smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means after switching to the second gaming state The second gaming state is switched to the first gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state, the player expects non-winning, and then the first gaming state thereafter. If the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified, it is expected to be won. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature K4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K3 of the present invention group,
The first ball storage unit (the first ball storage unit for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger) 1 Hold area Ra for result display section,
The results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball storage unit are associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball storage unit. A gaming machine characterized by giving priority to notification rather than the result of internal lottery.

  According to the feature K4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means in the first ball entry storage means Since the notification is given priority over the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information, the second entry is made regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the first ball entry storage means. It is possible to prioritize and notify the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the ball storage means. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second starting ball entry part, so the gaming machine has the degree of attention of the player to the game Can be improved.

Feature K5.
In the game machine described in the feature K3 or the feature K4 of the present invention group,
In the second gaming state, an internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state is executed.

  According to the feature K5 of the present invention group, since the second gaming state executes the internal lottery having a winning probability higher than the first gaming state, it is associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state If the result of the selected internal lottery is notified, the probability of winning is high, and if the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first gaming state, the probability of winning is low. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature K6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K5 of the present invention group,
The second gaming state when the gaming state switching means is won by the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. Switch to
A gaming machine characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state.

  Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of staying in the gaming state. The gaming state switching means switches to the second gaming state when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry portion or the second starting ball entry portion as a trigger. The first game state from the second gaming state triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery that is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of a plurality of internal lottery information stored in the 2 ball storage unit storage means Switch to the game state of. Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It becomes the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry part or the second starting ball entry part as a trigger.

  According to the feature K6 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player enters the ball of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry part. Further attention will be paid to the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature K7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features K3 to K6 of the group of the present invention,
The variable display means (symbol display device 47) is provided to variably display a plurality of patterns based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entering means as a trigger.
Information storage means (sub-side hold information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 94c),
Information storage means (voice emission control device 90) for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in order of entry of the game ball to the start entering means;
Information notification means (voice emission control device 90 and display control for causing the variation display means to display a hold pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means Device 100),
A non-winning expected gaming situation that expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second gaming state, and after the second gaming state A game situation switching unit (main control device 60) for switching between a winning expectation game situation for expecting a win when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information in the first gaming state Equipped
The information notification means is
A plurality of types of advance notice holding patterns (low expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, middle expectation degree advance notice holding pattern, and high expectation degree advance notice holding pattern) for giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to the variation display means A game machine comprising a reserved symbol control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature K7 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is expected to have a non-winning expected gaming condition in which the player is expected to not win the internal lottery, and a winning expected gaming condition in which the player is expected to win the internal lottery. And gaming state switching means for switching between Then, the information informing means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of notice holding symbols for informing the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the player switches to the non-winning expected gaming status by the gaming status switching means, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high If it's low, it's going to be an envy. On the contrary, when the player switches to the winning expectation gaming status by the gaming status switching means, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is high If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature K8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K7 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern.

According to the feature K8 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern, and therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the expectation of the notice holding pattern is promoted. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the game state switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, and the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted If you do, you will be depressed, and if you maintain it, you will be happy. Conversely, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means when the game situation switching means switches to the winning expectation game situation, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player is offensive It becomes an eaves, and if maintained it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature K9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K8 of the present invention group,
The hold pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expected game state, and displays variable in the non-win expected game state A game machine characterized by maintaining or demoting the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information to execute.

According to the feature K9 of the present invention group, the reserved picture control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice reserved picture based on the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , It will be noted whether the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern is promoted, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if it is maintained, the player will be depressed. In addition, since the retention pattern control means maintains or demotes the degree of expectation of the notice retention pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player is expected to have the expectation degree of the notice retention pattern. Will pay attention to whether or not they are demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice holding pattern is downgraded, the player becomes enthusiasm, and if maintained, it becomes depression. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation degree of the notice holding pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes arrogant, and if it is maintained, it becomes depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can give the player different emotions for the same holding pattern.

Feature K10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features K7 to K9 of the group of the present invention,
The plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are
With the first notice hold pattern,
And a second previewing pattern different from the first previewing pattern,
The reserved picture control means, when giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information to execute the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, the first preliminary holding picture with a low expected degree of predicted notice picture In the case where the second preview pending pattern is used as a high-preceding preview pending pattern, and the second internal preview information of the sub-side internal lottery information to be subjected to variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation is notified, A gaming machine characterized in that the advance notice hold pattern of 1 is set as a high expectation degree advance notice hold pattern, and the second advance notice hold pattern is set to a low expectation degree advance notice hold pattern.

  According to the feature K10 of the present invention group, the holding pattern control means is expected to lower the first notice holding pattern when giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation. Since the second advance notice hold pattern is set as the advance notice hold pattern of high degree of expectation, the player confirms the advance notice hold pattern displayed on the variable display means and holds the second advance notice hold. If it is a pattern, it becomes an enthusiasm, and if it is the first notice holding pattern, it becomes a depression. In addition, when the reserve pattern control means gives notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-winning expectation gaming situation, the first notice retention pattern is set as the notice retention pattern of high expectation. At the same time, since the second notice holding pattern is set as the notice holding pattern of the low expectation, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice holding pattern, If it is the first advance notice pending pattern, it will be disappointing. In other words, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice holding pattern even if it is the game situation of any of the winning expectation gaming state and the non-winning expectation gaming state Since the game is desolated if it is the first preview holding pattern, the gaming machine can clarify the judgment criteria of the player.

Feature K11.
In the gaming machine described in the feature K10 of the present invention group,
In the case where the reserved symbol control means gives notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger, A game machine characterized in that the first previewed pattern is a previewed pattern with a low expectation and the second previewed pattern is a previewed pattern with a high degree of expectation.

According to the feature K11 of the group of the present invention, the holding pattern control means is expecting the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery performed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger. When giving a notice of the degree, the first notice holding pattern is set as a notice holding pattern of a low expectation degree, and the second notice holding pattern is set as a notice holding pattern of a high expectation degree. Therefore, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means in the gaming situation where the player is expected to win the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger. If it is the first advance notice pending pattern, it will be depressed, and if it is the second advance notice pending pattern, it will be unremarkable. In addition, the player confirms the notice holding pattern displayed on the variable display means in the game situation where the player is expected to not win the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball storage unit as a trigger. If it is the first notice holding pattern, it will be a devotion, and if it is the second notice holding pattern, it will be a depression.
According to this, the values of the first preview holding pattern and the second preview holding pattern are associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the first starting ball entry section as a trigger. In the case of giving notice of the expectation of the side internal lottery information, and giving notice of the expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal drawing executed with the game ball entering the second starting ball entry part as a trigger Since the game machine differs from the case where it is played, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to the feature K group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines provided with variable display means for changing and displaying a plurality of patterns are known. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery by the game ball entering the operation opening (starting ball entering means), and starts the variation display of the pattern. For example, when the player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine causes the variable display means to stop and display a specific combination of symbols and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, since the player always expects to win the internal lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is reduced.

  As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

  10: Pachinko machine, 36: Upper operating port, 37: Lower operating port, 38: Variable winning device, 38a: Large winning port, 38b: Opening and closing door, 38c: Variable winning driving portion, 39: Out port, 47: Design display 60, main controller, 62, MPU, 90, sound emission control device, 92, MPU, 100, display control device, 102, MPU.

Claims (5)

A launch means for firing game balls toward a game area formed in front of a game board, and a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and a starting ball is executed to execute an internal lottery when the game ball is entered Means and transitioning the gaming state from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting and entering means as a trigger A game machine comprising:
Information storage means for storing sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means;
Information storage means for storing the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which the game balls enter the starting ball entering means;
And an information notification means for causing the variation display means to display a holding pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means.
The normal control state is
The first gaming state,
And a second gaming state different from the first gaming state,
The starting ball entry means is
First start ball entry section,
And a second start-in ball part different from the first start-in ball part,
The second starting ball entry unit is
The ball entry impossible state which makes it impossible to enter the game ball which flows down the game area,
It is equipped with an enterable state in which game balls that flow down the game area can enter.
The gaming state transition means is
Gaming state switching means for switching the first gaming state and the second gaming state;
Ball entering state switching means for temporarily switching the second starting ball entry part from the ball impossible state to the ball allowed state after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means,
After switching from the second gaming state to the first gaming state in the gaming state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed upon the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting ball entry unit as a trigger And a most advantageous gaming state transition means for transitioning the gaming state to the most advantageous gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state when winning.
The information storage means is
By temporarily switching the second starting ball storage unit from the non-ball-loading state to the ball-loading enabled state by the gaming state transition means, the game ball is placed in the ball-in-calling sequence in the second starting ball-in-place unit. Comprehensive expectation degree determining means that comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information when the information storage means stores at least one of the sub-side internal lottery information as special internal lottery information;
A gaming machine comprising: general expectation degree notification means for notifying a player of the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information determined by the general expectation degree determination means. In the gaming machine according to claim 1,
The special internal lottery information is
Non-winning expected internal lottery information that is expected to be non-winning by the player,
It is equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information that is expected to be won by the player,
The information notification means is
A reserve pattern control means for displaying on the variation display means a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns for giving notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information;
The comprehensive expectation degree determination means comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the degree of expectation of the expected winning internal lottery information. A game machine that features it. In the gaming machine according to claim 2,
The information storage means is
An execution area for storing the sub-side internal lottery information under execution of the fluctuation display by the fluctuation display means;
And a plurality of holding areas for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in the holding state before the variable display means executes the variable display,
The information storage means is
And a reserve shift means for shifting and digesting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area;
The ball entering state switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball entering part from the ball entering impossible state to the ball entering possible state during the specific control state,
The comprehensive expectation degree notification means determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the comprehensive expectation degree determination means as the execution area of the special internal lottery information stored in the reserve area by the reserve shift means. A gaming machine characterized by notifying a player before shifting and digesting toward. In the gaming machine according to claim 3,
A game machine characterized in that the reserved pattern control means maintains or promotes the degree of expectation of the preview reserved pattern. In the gaming machine according to claim 4,
The holding pattern control means maintains or promotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, and maintains or demotes the expectation of the notice holding pattern based on the non-winning expectation internal drawing information. A game machine characterized by

Images